HTC 0P4E200 Smartphone User Manual Your HTC Phone

HTC Corporation Smartphone Your HTC Phone

Contents

User Manual-1

Your HTC PhoneUser guide
ContentsUnboxingHTC Phone 7Back cover 8micro SIM card 9Storage card 10Battery 11Switching the power on or off 12Want some quick guidance on your phone? 13Setting up your phoneSetting up your new phone for the first time 14Transferring content from an Android phone 15Transferring content from an iPhone 16Transferring contacts from your old phone through Bluetooth 16Getting contacts and other content into HTC Phone 17Transferring photos, videos, and music between your phone and computer 17Home screen 18Getting to know your settings 18Updating your phone's software 19Your first week with your new phoneAbout your phone 20Basics 22Home screen feeds 30Notifications 32Working with text 34Battery 38Camera and GalleryCamera 42Gallery 47PersonalizingMaking HTC Phone truly yours 57Changing your wallpaper 57Adding a widget to your Home screen 57Adding apps and other shortcuts on your Home screen 59Rearranging or removing widgets and icons on your Home screen 59Personalizing the launch bar 60Grouping apps into a folder 602 Contents
Adding a Home screen panel 61Changing your ringtone, notifications, and sounds 62Rearranging application tabs 62Customizing the lock screen style 62Hiding missed calls and messages on the lock screen 63Securing HTC Phone with a personal touch 63Phone callsMaking a call with Smart dial 64Dialing an extension number 64Returning a missed call 65Using Speed dial 65Calling a phone number in a text message 65Calling a phone number in an email 66Calling a phone number in a Calendar event 66Making an emergency call 66Receiving calls 66What can I do during a call? 67Setting up a conference call 68Checking calls in the Call History 69Changing ringtone settings 70Home dialing 70MessagesSending a text message (SMS) 72Sending a multimedia message (MMS) 72Sending a group message 74Resuming a draft message 75Replying to a message 75Saving a text message in the Tasks app 76Forwarding a message 76Viewing and saving an attachment from a multimedia message 76Moving messages to the secure box 77Blocking unwanted messages 77WAP push messages 78Copying a text message to your SIM card 78Deleting messages and conversations 78Search and web browserSearching HTC Phone and the Web 80Getting instant information with Google Now 81Browsing the Web 82Bookmarking a webpage 85Using your browsing history 86Clearing your browsing history 87EntertainmentMusic 88Wireless display 923 Contents
StoragePhone storage 94Dropbox integration 96Sync, backup, and resetOnline sync 102Backup 104HTC Sync Manager 108Reset 114PeopleYour contacts list 116Setting up your profile 117Adding a new contact 118Editing a contact’s information 119Getting in touch with a contact 119Importing or copying contacts 119Merging contact information 120Sending contact information 121Contact groups 121EmailMail 123Travel and mapsLocation settings 128HTC Car 128Google Play and other appsGetting apps 131Essential apps 133Fun apps 137Productivity apps 140Internet connectionsData connection 144Managing your data usage 145Wi‑Fi 146Connecting to a virtual private network (VPN) 148Using HTC Phone as a wireless router 150Sharing your phone's Internet connection by USB tethering 151Connecting to the Internet through a computer 152Wi‑Fi printing 152Wireless sharingConnecting a Bluetooth headset 154Unpairing from a Bluetooth device 1554 Contents
Where sent information is saved 155Receiving files using Bluetooth 156Settings and securityTurning Airplane mode on or off 157Turning automatic screen rotation off 157Adjusting the time before the screen turns off 158Adjusting the screen brightness manually 158Playing a sound when selecting onscreen items 158Changing the display language 158Accessibility settings 158Magnifying your phone's screen 159Working with certificates 159Protecting your SIM card with a PIN 160Protecting HTC Phone with a screen lock 160Checking your phone's HTC Sense version 161Trademarks and copyrightsIndex5 Contents
Conventions used in this guideIn this user guide, we use the following symbols to indicate useful and importantinformation:This is a note. A note often gives additional information, such as what happenswhen you choose to do or not to do a certain action. A note also providesinformation that may only be applicable to some situations.This is a tip. A tip gives you an alternative way to do a particular step or procedure,or lets you know of an option that you may find helpful.This indicates important information that you need in order to accomplish a certaintask or to get a feature to work properly.This provides safety precaution information, that is, information that you need to becareful about to prevent potential problems.6 Conventions used in this guide
UnboxingHTC Phone1. BACK2. USB connector3. HOME4. Dual speakers5. VOLUME6. Front camera7. 3.5mm headset jack8. Notification LED9. POWER10. Proximity sensor§You need an LTE plan to use your operator's 4G/LTE network for voice calls anddata services. Check with your operator for details.§If you want to use a screen protector, please don't cover and block the proximitysensor. Purchase a screen protector designed for HTC Phone.7 Unboxing
Back coverRemoving the back cover1. With one hand, securely hold HTC Phone with the bottom edge facing up andthe back facing you.2. With your other hand, press your thumb on the back cover. From the notch(where the USB port is located), use your finger to open a small gap along thebottom edge. Then continue to lift open from the bottom edge. 3. Slowly detach the cover from the phone to remove it.Replacing the back coverTo avoid damaging the VOLUME buttons, don't press the buttons while replacingthe back cover.1. Align the back cover onto the top part of HTC Phone.2. Press the sides and the bottom part of the back cover against HTC Phone tolock the cover into place. You will hear a click when the back cover is locked in place.8 Unboxing
micro SIM cardHTC Phone uses a micro SIM card. The micro SIM card contains your phone number,service details, and memory for storing phonebook contacts and/or text messages.Inserting the micro SIM cardUse a standard micro SIM only. Inserting a smaller size SIM (such as nano SIM withan adapter or a modified SIM) may cause the card to not fit properly or damage thecard slot.1. Take the back cover off.2. Remove the battery first before inserting the micro SIM.3. With the micro SIM card’s gold contacts facing down and its cut-off cornerfacing in, insert the micro SIM card all the way into the SIM card slot. 4. Push the micro SIM card in until it clicks into place.Removing the micro SIM cardMake sure to switch off HTC Phone before removing your micro SIM card.1. Take the back cover off.2. Remove the battery.3. Push the micro SIM card in to eject it from its slot, and remove it.9 Unboxing
Storage cardUse a storage card to store your photos, videos, and music.Inserting the storage card1. Take the back cover off.2. Insert the microSD™ card into the storage card slot with its gold contacts facingdown and push it until it clicks into place. Unmounting the storage cardWhen you need to remove the storage card while HTC Phone is on, unmount thestorage card first to prevent corrupting or damaging the files in the storage card.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.2. Tap Unmount SD card.Removing the storage card1. Take the back cover off.2. Push the storage card in to eject it from its slot.3. Slide the storage card out from its slot.10 Unboxing
BatteryRemoving the battery1. Take the back cover off.2. With your thumb or finger, lift the battery from the battery compartment. Inserting the batteryPlease use only original batteries that came in the box or replacements that HTCrecommends.1. Take the back cover off.2. Insert the battery (with its exposed copper contacts first) into the batterycompartment. 11 Unboxing
Charging the batteryBefore you turn on and start using HTC Phone, it is recommended that you charge thebattery.§Use only the adapter and the USB cable that came with HTC Phone to charge thebattery. When the battery power is too low, make sure to use the power adapterto charge, not the USB cable connection with your computer.§Do not remove the battery from HTC Phone while you are charging it using thepower or car adapter.1. Insert the small end of the USB cable into the USB connector. 2. Insert the other end of the USB cable into the power adapter.3. Plug in the power adapter to an electrical outlet to start charging the battery.§As a safety precaution, the battery may stop charging to avoid overheating.§When you're using the Internet and charging the battery, HTC Phone may becomewarmer. This is normal.§To conserve energy, unplug the power adapter from the electrical outlet after youfinish charging.Switching the power on or offSwitching the power onPress the POWER button. When you turn on HTC Phone for the first time, you’ll need to set it up.12 Unboxing
Switching the power off1. If the display is off, press the POWER button to turn it back on. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.2. Press and hold the POWER button for a few seconds.3. Tap Power off on the options menu.Want some quick guidance on your phone?Exploring HTC PhoneTips & Help lets you get the most out of HTC Phone in seconds.§Ever have the feeling that you're not getting the most out of your phone?Browse through the friendly walkthroughs on Tips & Help to learn how. Thetopics range from intro to advanced and the Tips & Help feed on the Homescreen even recommends topics that you might like.§Need to know how to do something right away? Just type in some keywordsand get clear, up-to-date answers right on HTC Phone.To open Tips & Help from the Home screen, tap > Tips & Help.If you haven't downloaded Tips & Help content yet, or if there's updated contentavailable, just tap the download link to get it.To change the sync settings of Tips & Help, tap > Update settings.Searching Tips & Help1. In Tips & Help, tap , and then enter the words you want to search for.2. Tap a search result to jump straight to that item.13 Unboxing
Setting up your phoneSetting up your new phone for the first timeWhen you switch on your new phone for the first time, you’ll be asked to set it up.Walk through the on-device setup to choose your Internet connection, select how youwant to set up your new phone, and more.§Select Set up from scratch to set up your accounts and personalize your newphone from your computer using the HTC Get Started service. Your phone shows you the URL of the HTC Get Started site and a pair code. Onyour computer's web browser, just go to the URL and enter the pair code tostart your web setup. You need an HTC Account to save your accounts andsettings on the Web and download them to your phone.§If you already finished the HTC Get Started setup before turning on your newphone, just download your web setup. Choose to import content, and thenselect Apply HTC Get Started setup.§If you have content from an old phone, you can choose to do a direct phone-to-phone transfer.§To make it easier for you to back up and restore content from HTC Phone toanother HTC phone in the future, select Back up phone daily.§To find out more about HTC Get Started and HTC Account, see the Help and FAQon the HTC Get Started site (www.htcsense.com/help/).§If you transferred content such as wallpaper and ringtone from an old phone, usingHTC Get Started to personalize and download the same content types from theWeb will change your settings on your new phone.§Some features that need to connect to the Internet such as location-basedservices and auto-sync of your online accounts may incur extra data fees. To avoidincurring data fees, disable these features under Settings.14 Setting up your phone
Transferring content from an Android phoneOn your old Android™ phone, download the HTC Transfer Tool and use it to transferyour content to your new HTC phone. The types of locally stored content on your oldphone that the tool can transfer include contacts, messages, calendar events, webbookmarks, music, photos, and videos. Some settings can also be transferred.§You need Android version 2.3 or later to use the HTC Transfer Tool on your oldphone.§If your old phone has Android version 2.2 or an earlier version, you need to useBluetooth® transfer. For details, see Transferring contacts from your old phonethrough Bluetooth on page 16.1. Do one of the following:§If you're setting up your new HTC phone for the first time, choose totransfer content, and then select Transfer from old phone on the Set upphone screen.§Go to Settings, and then tap Transfer content.2. Choose whether to transfer from an old HTC Android phone or other Androidphone.3. Tap Full transfer.4. Follow the steps shown on your new phone to download the HTC Transfer Toolfrom Google Play™ to your old phone, install it, and open the tool.5. When you see a PIN on your old phone, make sure the same PIN also appearson your new phone before you continue. If the PIN code doesn't appear, this may mean that your old phone is unable toconnect to your new phone. If this happens, tap Unable to establish a connectionon your new phone to use Bluetooth for transferring contacts from your old phone.15 Setting up your phone
6. On your old phone, choose the types of content you want to transfer, and thentap Start.7. Wait for the transfer to finish.8. Tap Done on both phones.Transferring content from an iPhoneIf you have an iPhone®, it's fast and easy to transfer your contacts, messages, andother content when you use HTC Sync Manager.To find out how, see Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phone on page 109.If you only need to migrate your contacts, you can also use Bluetooth transfer. Fordetails, see Transferring contacts from your old phone through Bluetooth on page16.Transferring contacts from your old phonethrough BluetoothUse Bluetooth to transfer contacts from an iPhone, a phone that has Android version2.2 (or earlier version), or other types of phones. Depending on the capabilities of yourold phone, you may be able to transfer not only contacts but also other data such ascalendar events and text messages to your new HTC phone.Use HTC Sync Manager to transfer more types of content from an iPhone.1. Do one of the following:§If you're setting up your new phone for the first time, choose to transfercontent, and then select Transfer from old phone on the Set up phonescreen.§Go to Settings, and then tap Transfer content.2. Choose whether to transfer from an Android phone, iPhone, or other phonetypes. If you chose to transfer from an Android phone, tap Quick transfer.3. Choose your old phone's name and model.4. On your old phone, turn Bluetooth on and set it to discoverable mode.5. Follow the onscreen instructions on your old and new phones to pair them andstart the data transfer.16 Setting up your phone
Getting contacts and other content into HTCPhoneAside from the HTC Transfer Tool, there are other ways you can add contacts andother content to HTC Phone.Sync with yourcomputerUse HTC Sync Manager to sync contacts, documents, playlists,and more between HTC Phone and your computer running aWindows® or Mac OS® operating system.You can also use it to transfer contacts, messages, and othercontent from an iPhone to your computer, and then to your HTCPhone.Gmail™Google® contacts are imported to HTC Phone after you sign in toyour Google Account. You can also create more Google contactsright from HTC Phone.Social networkaccountsLog in to your favorite social networks to sync contactinformation from them.Microsoft®ExchangeActiveSync®HTC Phone syncs your work contacts from the MicrosoftExchange ActiveSync Server in your workplace.Phone contacts You can create contacts locally on HTC Phone, if you don'tprefer to store them on your online accounts.SIM card Copy all your SIM contacts to HTC Phone.Transferring photos, videos, and musicbetween your phone and computerThere are two ways you can transfer your media from or to your computer.§Connect HTC Phone to your computer. Your computer will recognize it just likeany removable USB drive, and you can copy your media between them.§Download and use the HTC Sync Manager software on your computer. You canset it up to automatically get music, photos, and videos off HTC Phone to yourcomputer. You can also sync playlists from your computer to the phone.If you have an iPhone, you can even connect it and transfer the camera roll(photos and videos) to your computer. Then reconnect HTC Phone and copythem over.Tired of keeping copies of your media in several places? Use online storage servicesto put your media in one place so you can manage them anywhere — on yourcomputer, HTC Phone, and other mobile devices.Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync > to check first what online storageaccounts are available on HTC Phone and sign in to the one you want to use. Use theGallery app to access media in your online storage.17 Setting up your phone
Home screenYour Home screen is where you make HTC Phone your own.§After you've turned on and set up HTC Phone, you'll see the Feeds view as themain Home screen. Customize it to show posts from your social networks,headlines from your favorite news media, and more. For details, see Checkingfeeds on your Home screen on page 30.§You can change the apps on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen.See Personalizing the launch bar on page 60.§Swipe left and you’ll discover another Home screen panel for adding yourfavorite apps, widgets, and more so they’re just a tap away. And if you needmore Home screen panels, you can add more. For details, see Personalizing onpage 57.Press to return to the Home screen you were last in.Getting to know your settingsWant to change the ringtone, set up a Wi‑Fi® connection, or add your accounts? Dothis and more in Settings.1. Open Settings either from the Quick settings panel or the All Apps screen.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings,and then tap .§From the Home screen, tap to switch to the All Apps screen, and thentap Settings.2. Here are some of the basic settings you can change: §Tap the On/Off switch next to an item such as Wi-Fi to turn it on or off. Tapthe item itself to configure its settings.§Tap Sound to set a ringtone, choose a sound profile, and configureincoming call sound settings.§Tap Personalize to change the Home screen wallpaper, lock screen style,and more.§Tap Accounts & sync to add and sign in to your different accounts, such asemail, social networks, and more.§Tap Security to help secure HTC Phone, for example with a screen lock.18 Setting up your phone
Updating your phone's softwareHTC Phone can check and notify you if there’s a new update available. You can alsomanually check if there's an available update.Installing a software updateWhen Internet connection is on and there's a new software update available, theupdate notification icon appears in the status bar.1. Slide the Notifications panel open, and then tap the system update notification.2. If you don't want to download the update using your data connection, selectUpdate over Wi-Fi only.3. Tap Download.4. When download is complete, select Install now, and then tap OK.After updating, HTC Phone will restart.Installing an application updateWhen Internet connection is on and there's an available update for your HTC ormobile operator apps, the update notification icon appears in the status bar.1. Slide the Notifications panel open, and then tap the update notification. The Updates screen opens with the list of application updates to be installed.2. Tap an item to view its details, and then tap .3. When you're done reviewing the updates, tap Install. You'll be asked to restartHTC Phone if needed.Checking for updates manually1. Go to Settings, and then tap About.2. Tap Software updates. HTC Phone checks if updates are available.If you don't have Internet connection, you'll be prompted to turn on mobile data orconnect to a Wi‑Fi network. Once connected, tap Check now to check for updates.19 Setting up your phone
Your first week with yournew phoneAbout your phoneFeatures you'll enjoy on HTC PhoneHTC Phone gives you options for quick and easy setup. Transferring your old phone'scontent such as your contacts, messages, and media can be done right from HTCPhone.On this phone, enjoy taking shots with the camera, checking personalized contentwith HTC BlinkFeed™, and more.Easy phone setup and transfer§With our HTC Get Started service, you can set up and personalize HTC Phonefrom your computer, and just download your settings to HTC Phone. See Setting up your new phone for the first time on page 14.§Easily transfer your contacts, messages, music, photos, videos, and more froman Android phone to HTC Phone. See Transferring content from an Androidphone on page 15.By using HTC Sync Manager, you can even migrate content from an iPhone. See Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phone on page 109.§Back up HTC Phone to the cloud so it'll be a lot easier to restore your content toa new phone next time. See Using HTC Backup on page 105.Live Home screenWith HTC BlinkFeed, personalize your Home screen with the information and updatesthat matter most to you. See a variety of content such as feeds about news and yourinterests, social network updates, HTC Phone tips, and more. The content is constantlyrefreshed when you're connected to the Internet. See Checking feeds on your Homescreen on page 30.HTC ZoeExperience a whole new way of capturing and retouching photos.§Capture entire moments with pictures and sound, and watch them come aliveagain with HTC Zoe™. See Taking HTC Zoe photos on page 45.§Retouch your HTC Zoe photos or continuous shots with Object Removal,Always Smile, and Sequence Shot. See Camera and Gallery on page 42.20 Your first week with your new phone
New way to share memoriesCreate highlight videos without editing or share your photos to friends and family onthe fly.§Show off the excitement of your event. Video Highlights automatically selectsthe highlights of an event from your photos to create a half-minute show with amusical theme. See Viewing the highlights of an event on page 49.§HTC Share brings together your best photos, regular photos, and a highlightvideo so that you can easily share your memories with friends and family. See Sharing memories through HTC Share on page 55.Outstanding camera features§With VideoPic, you can snap a picture while you're shooting video. See Taking aphoto while recording a video (VideoPic) on page 44.§Switch to Sweep panorama mode and pan the camera to capture a wide-angleview of the scenery. See Taking a panoramic photo on page 46.§Use Continuous shooting mode to capture 20 consecutive shots (or more) of asubject in motion. See Taking continuous camera shots on page 44.§By just tapping the shutter button, take three shots of your subject at differentexposures and combine them into a nice, evenly exposed photo. Use either themain or front camera to capture HDR photos. See Using HDR on page 46.§With Variable Speed Playback, add a cinematic flair to your videos by slowingdown particular scenes. See Changing the video playback speed on page 48.Immerse in music§Built-in high quality Beats Audio™ gives you a rich, authentic sound experience,whether you’re listening to music, watching a video, or playing a game. To findout more, see Making your music sound better on page 89.§In our HTC Music app, you'll see a visual animation while you're playing a song.And if lyrics are available, they'll show onscreen.HD entertainment on the goUse HTC Media Link HD to wirelessly share your media from HTC Phone to your HDTV. See Sharing on a big screen on page 92.Dropbox integration with HTC SenseUse Dropbox to access your photos, videos, and documents from HTC Phone, yourcomputer, and other mobile devices. When you sign in to your Dropbox account fromHTC Phone, you may be eligible to get an additional 23 GB of free Dropbox storagefor two years. To find out how, see Using Dropbox on HTC Phone on page 96.21 Your first week with your new phone
§The 23 GB offer is available only on HTC phones that use HTC Sense™ 4.0 or laterand have Dropbox preinstalled.§On HTC phones that don't have Dropbox preloaded, you can download it fromGoogle Play and still enjoy Dropbox integration with apps such as Gallery and Mail.§Additional terms and requirements may apply (including a subscription fee) afteryour two year trial ends.§Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.BasicsTouch gesturesUse touch gestures to get around the Home screen, open apps, scroll through lists,and more.Tap§Tap the screen with your finger when you want to selectonscreen items such as application and settings icons, orpress onscreen buttons.§After you've scrolled down a long list or screen (in apps suchas Mail and People), tap the status bar to jump straight tothe top of your screen.Press and holdTo open the available options for an item (for example, acontact or link in a webpage), just press and hold the item.22 Your first week with your new phone
Swipe or slideQuickly swipe your finger vertically or horizontally across thescreen to go to other Home pages, scroll through documents,and more.DragPress and hold your finger with some pressure before you startto drag. While dragging, don't release your finger until youhave reached the target position.FlickFlicking the screen is similar to swiping, except thatyou need to swipe your finger in light, quickerstrokes, such as when moving right and left on theHome screen, or flicking through a contacts ormessage list.23 Your first week with your new phone
Press and flickOn the Home screen, you can easily move a widget oricon from one screen to another.Press and hold the widget or icon with one finger, andflick the screen to the new location with another finger.Slide with two fingersIn some apps, like Gallery, Messages, Mail,or the web browser, slide two fingersapart to zoom in when viewing a pictureor text.Slide two fingers together to zoom out of the picture ortext.24 Your first week with your new phone
Two-finger swipe§Swipe down from the status bar using two fingers to accessQuick settings.§In some apps that have sorting, like Mail or People, swipe up ordown using two fingers to scroll the screen. The screen displaysthe sorting order, and you can easily scroll to the informationyou want.Three-finger gestureSwipe up using three fingers to share content such asphotos, videos, and music from HTC Phone to your TVor speakers.§HTC gestures is enabled by default, which makes the three-finger gesture workonly when sharing content or using HTC apps.§You need to hook up the HTC Media Link HD (sold separately) to your HDMI TV toshare content.25 Your first week with your new phone
Can't use multi-finger gestures in your apps?That's because HTC gestures is enabled by default. This makes the three-finger gesture exclusive for sharing content or for use with HTC apps. Youwon't be able to use multi-finger gestures (gestures that use three fingers ormore) for other purposes.To use multi-finger gestures in games or musical instrument apps, clear theHTC gestures option in Settings > Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).Motion gesturesUse motion gestures to mute, lower the ringtone volume, and more.Flip to silenceWhen a call comes in you can turn HTCPhone over to mute it.Pick up to lower volumeIn a business meeting or restaurant, pickHTC Phone up when a call comes in tolower the ringtone volume.26 Your first week with your new phone
Set volume to automatically rise while in your pocket or bagOn a noisy street and can't hear HTC Phone ringing inyour bag?You can set HTC Phone to recognize when it's in yourbag or pocket and raise the ringtone volume so that youcan hear it in noisy environments.Rotate HTC Phone for a better viewFor many screens, you canautomatically change the screenorientation from portrait tolandscape by turning HTC Phonesideways.When entering text, you can turnHTC Phone sideways to bring up abigger keyboard.Sleep modeSleep mode saves battery power by putting HTC Phone into a low power state whilethe display is off. It also stops accidental button presses when HTC Phone is in yourbag.Switching to Sleep modeBriefly press the POWER button to turn off the display and switch to Sleep mode.HTC Phone also automatically goes into Sleep mode when it’s left idle for a while.You can change the time before HTC Phone sleeps in the Display, gestures & buttons(or Display & buttons) settings.Waking up from Sleep modeTo wake HTC Phone up manually, press the POWER button. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.HTC Phone automatically wakes up when you have an incoming call.27 Your first week with your new phone
Unlocking the screenYou can:§Drag the lock icon or clock up.§Swipe up from an empty space on the lock screen.If you've set up a screen lock, you'll be asked to provide your credentials before HTCPhone unlocks.If you've set an event reminder or an alarm, you can snooze or dismiss the event oralarm right from the lock screen. Just drag or up.Opening an app§Tap an app on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen.§To see more apps, tap . Then tap the app you want to use.Opening an app or folder from the lock screen§On the lock screen, drag an app or folder icon up to unlock the screen anddirectly go to the app or folder. The shortcuts on the lock screen are the same ones on your Home screen's launchbar. To change the lock screen shortcuts, replace the apps or folders on the launchbar.§When there's a notification or info shown on the lock screen such as a missedcall or new message, you can drag it up to directly go to its app.If you've set up a screen lock, you'll be asked to provide your credentials first beforeHTC Phone opens the app or folder.28 Your first week with your new phone
Switching between recently opened appsWhen you're multitasking and using different apps on HTC Phone, you can easilyswitch between the apps you've recently opened.Double-tap to see recently-opened apps. §To switch back to an app, just tap it.§To remove an app from the list, drag it up.Refreshing contentIn some apps, you can easily refresh content that's synced or downloaded from theWeb with a simple finger gesture.1. While viewing content such as weather, stocks, or Mail inbox, scroll to the top ofthe screen.2. Pull down with your finger, and then release to refresh.Using Quick SettingsTap the tiles in Quick settings to easily turn on Wi‑Fi, Bluetooth, and more. You'll alsofind a few shortcuts, such as for viewing your profile in the People app.With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.Miss having a Menu button?You can set the Home button to open the Menu.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).2. Tap Home and select how you want to open the Menu, which is to pressand hold the button.29 Your first week with your new phone
Capturing your phone's screenWant to show off your high game score or write a blog post about HTC Phonefeatures? It's easy to take a picture of the screen and share it from Gallery.Press and hold POWER and VOLUME DOWN at the same time. To share the image, wait until you see the icon in the status bar. In theNotifications panel, expand the screenshot notification, and then tap .The image is saved in the Screenshots album in Gallery.Home screen feedsChecking feeds on your Home screenStay in touch with friends or get the latest about your interests right on your Homescreen. Set up which social networks, news sources, and more will appear.§Tap a tile to view more details or to comment on a post or status update.§Scroll to the top and pull down on the screen to manually refresh the stream.This also shows icons for posting on social networks, searching, and more.In the Feeds view, you can press either the button or button or tap thestatus bar to scroll to the top.§Tap to choose the type of feeds to display. Select Highlights to see othercontents such as upcoming events, frequently-viewed photos in Gallery, andmore.You can manually set which feeds will appear as highlights by tapping nextto Highlights and selecting your favorite news sources, social networks, andapps.30 Your first week with your new phone
Your social networksWhen you sign in to your social network accounts and authorize HTC Sense to accessthem, you can:§Post status updates from the Home screen when using the Feeds view.§See your contacts and their status updates in People.§See photos in Gallery or on the Home screen.§Check your friends’ status updates and posts on the Home screen when usingthe Feeds view.§View events and reminders in Calendar.Posting an update on your social networkYou can easily post a status update from the Home screen.1. From the Feeds view, tap , and then choose a social network.2. Compose your status update and post it on your social network.Where is the header?The header contains icons for posting on social networks, searching feeds, andmore.If the icons don't show, you can do either of the following:§While browsing the first page of feeds, just pull down the screen.§While browsing succeeding pages, pull down and hold the screen. Waitfor the icons to appear and then release your finger.Selecting feedsGet updated with the most relevant content and posts with just a swipe. Choosewhich feeds to display on the Home screen. You can select popular news channelsand websites or choose a category like Entertainment. You can also show posts fromfriends in social networks or information from apps such as Calendar.1. From the Feeds view, tap > Topics and services.2. Select feeds from apps, types of content, and social networks that will displayon the Home screen. Swipe left or right for more choices.Content from feeds that have just been added may take a few minutes to appearon the Home screen.31 Your first week with your new phone
Can I subscribe to a different news source or channel?Feeds from news channels and web sites displayed on the Home screen areset by a local content guide. To see a different list of news sources, change thelocal content.1. From the Feeds view, tap > Settings.2. Tap Local content.3. Select the local content you want to use, and tap Next.4. Select news sources and categories that you want.NotificationsNotification LEDThe notification LED shows a:§Solid green light when HTC Phone is connected to the power adapter or acomputer and the battery is fully charged.§Flashing green light when you have a pending notification.§Solid orange light when the battery is being charged.§Flashing orange light when the battery level reaches very low.32 Your first week with your new phone
Notifications panelNotification icons inform you of new messages, calendar events, alarms, and activitiesin progress such as files downloading.When you see notification icons, open the Notifications panel to check out details ofthe notifications that you've received. You can also quickly access settings from theNotifications panel.1. To open the Notifications panel, slide down from the top of the screen. If you have several notifications, scroll down the screen to see them all.2. On the Notifications panel:§You can expand certain notifications to see more information, such as emailpreviews and calendar events. Slide two fingers apart to expand anotification. To collapse it, slide two fingers together.§You'll see icons in some notifications that allow you to take immediateactions. For example, when you have a missed call, tap the available iconsto return the call or reply with a text message.§Tap the notification icon on the left to open the corresponding app.§To dismiss just one notification in the list, drag it left or right.3. To close the Notifications panel, slide up from the bottom bar of the panel orpress . You can also tap to dismiss all notifications and close the Notifications panel.33 Your first week with your new phone
Working with textSelecting, copying, and pasting textIn apps such as the web browser and Mail, you can select and copy text, and thenpaste or share it.1. Press and hold on a word.2. Drag the start and end anchors to highlight the surrounding text you want toselect. You can use the magnifier to zoom in while selecting your text. To turn on themagnifier, go to Settings > Accessibility, and then select the Show magnifieroption. You'll see the magnifier when you press and hold one of the text selectionanchors.3. After you have selected the text you want to copy, tap Copy. The selected text is then copied to the clipboard.4. In a text entry field (for example while composing an email), press and hold atthe point where you want to paste the text.5. Tap Paste.To copy the address of a linked webpage, press and hold the link, and then tapCopy link URL.Sharing text1. After you have selected the text you want to share, tap Share.2. Choose where to paste and share the selected text, such as in an email messageor social network status update.The HTC Sense keyboardTyping is fast and accurate with the HTC Sense keyboard.§Turn on the Trace keyboard so you can type words by just sliding your fingerfrom one letter to another. See Using the Trace keyboard on page 37.§You can type words by just speaking. See Entering text by speaking on page38.34 Your first week with your new phone
§Word prediction also saves typing time. As you type, you'll see wordsuggestions that you can choose from. You can even add words, phrases, andshortcuts to the word prediction dictionary. See Entering text with wordprediction on page 36.§Just swipe right to access the numeric and symbol keyboard. Or swipe left toswitch between languages.§The keys have secondary numbers, punctuation symbols, or other charactersthat you can quickly insert without having to switch to the numeric and symbolkeyboard.For example, just press and hold a key on the first row to insert a number.§Choose from a selection of smileys and insert one right from the keyboard.§Show or hide navigational arrow keys on the keyboard. If you enable the arrowkeys in Settings, they'll only appear on the portrait keyboard.And since everyone has their own typing style, you can go to Settings to calibrate thekeyboard so it learns how you type.Entering textThe onscreen keyboard becomes available when you tap a text field in an app. Enterletters and numbers, change the keyboard layout or language, and more.Tap the keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter letters and numbers, as well aspunctuation marks and symbols.§Tap to enter an uppercase letter. Tap twice to turn on caps lock.§Press and hold keys with gray characters at the top to enter numbers, symbols,or accented letters. Some keys have multiple characters or accents associatedwith them.§Swipe right to show number and symbol keys. To return to the main keyboard,swipe left.§Press to close the onscreen keyboard.To open the keyboard settings, press and hold the comma key. Or go to Settings >Language & keyboard > HTC Sense Input.Selecting a keyboard layoutChoose a keyboard layout that suits your typing style.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input > Keyboard selection.3. Tap Keyboard types, and then select the keyboard layout that you want to use.35 Your first week with your new phone
Choosing and switching between keyboard languagesIf multiple keyboard languages are available on HTC Phone, you can choose whichlanguages to enable in the onscreen keyboard.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Keyboard selection, and then choose the languages you want.To change the keyboard language, do any of the following:§Swipe left on the onscreen keyboard (not available if you're using tracekeyboard).§Tap the language key (for example, ) until you see the language you want touse.§Press and hold the language key, and then drag your finger to the keyboardlanguage you want to use.Entering text with word predictionWord prediction is enabled by default, and word suggestions are displayed as youtype.Tap to switch between Multitap and XT9 predictive modes when using thePhone keyboard layout.To enter text in word prediction mode, do any of the following:§Tap the space bar to insert a highlighted word in the suggestion list.§Tap a word from the suggestion list.§Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices.You can also see suggestions for the next word after you've entered text. To enablethis option, go to Settings > Language & keyboard > HTC Sense Input. TapAdvanced, and then select Next word prediction.Setting a second language for word predictionYou can set the word prediction to be bilingual. As you type, you’ll get wordsuggestions in the languages that you’ve selected.Bilingual prediction is available only when you're using a Latin-based keyboard.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input > Keyboard selection > Bilingual prediction, and thenchoose the language you want.36 Your first week with your new phone
Adding words and phrases to the word prediction dictionaryAdd frequently-used names, acronyms, and even phrases to the word predictiondictionary to easily find them in the suggestion list.Type even faster when you create text shortcuts to words and phrases. Instead oftyping "Talk to you later", save a few keystrokes by adding the ttyl shortcut. Inyour message or email, just type "ttyl", and then tap the spacebar to enter thecomplete phrase.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > .4. Enter a word or phrase, and then enter its text shortcut. Be sure to rememberthis shortcut, including the uppercase and lowercase letters you've typed.5. Tap OK.While you're entering text using the Standard keyboard layout, tapping asuggested word that’s not in the dictionary (usually the first word shown in thesuggestion list) automatically stores it.Editing or deleting words and phrases in the word prediction dictionary1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary.§To edit a word, phrase, or shortcut, tap the item in the list.§To delete items from the dictionary, tap > Delete. Select the words youwant to remove, and then tap Delete.Using the Trace keyboardInstead of tapping the keys on the onscreen keyboard, you can "trace" to type words.You need to turn on the Trace keyboard in Settings > Language & keyboard > HTCSense Input.1. Slide your finger from one letter to the next to enter a word.2. Lift your finger when the word is completed. The suggestion list will showpossible matches.3. You can:§Tap the space bar to insert a highlighted word.§Tap a word from the suggestion list.§Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices.37 Your first week with your new phone
Entering text by speakingNo time to type? Try speaking the words to enter them.1. Tap an area where you want to enter text.2. On the onscreen keyboard, press and hold .3. When you see the microphone image, speak out the words you want to type. To set the voice input language, tap the language bar above the microphoneimage. You can choose one or more languages. Available languages depend on thevoice input languages supported by Google.4. If a word doesn't match what you've spoken and it's underlined, tap theunderlined word to delete it or to see more choices.5. Enter punctuation marks by saying the name (for example, say "comma").BatteryChecking battery usageSee a ranking list of apps that are using the battery. You can also see how much andhow long the battery has been used for each app.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Power.2. Tap Usage, and then tap an app to check how it's using the battery. You'll seehow much battery power is used by resources such as the CPU for the app andother use details.§If you see buttons while viewing an app's battery use details, you can tap them toadjust settings that affect battery usage, stop the app, and more.§Want to check the battery percentage right on the status bar? In Power settings,select Show battery level.Checking battery historyCheck how long you've been using HTC Phone since the last charge. You can also seea chart that shows how long the screen has been on, and how long you've been usingconnections like the mobile network or Wi‑Fi.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Power.2. Tap History.3. If you've used HTC Phone for a long time since the last charge, swipe left orright to scale the graph that details battery usage over time. You can also slide two fingers together or apart to scale the graph.38 Your first week with your new phone
Getting the battery to last longerHow long the battery can last before it needs recharging depends on how you useHTC Phone. HTC Phone power management helps to increase battery life.In times when you need to extend the battery life more, try out some of these tips:Check your battery usageMonitoring your battery usage helps you identify what's using the most power so youcan choose what to do about it. For details, see Checking battery usage on page 38.Manage your connections§Turn off wireless connections you're not using.To turn on or off connections such as mobile data, Wi‑Fi, or Bluetooth, go toSettings and tap their On/Off switches.§Turn GPS on only when a precise location is needed.To prevent some apps from using GPS in the background, keep the GPSsatellites setting off. Turn it on only when you need your precise location whileusing navigation or location-based apps. Go to Settings and tap Location toturn this setting on or off.§If the Sleep mode option in Settings > Power is enabled, at low peak times, yourphone will turn off the data connection after the screen has been off for 15minutes and there's no network activity (no downloads, streaming, or datausage). The data connection resumes when you switch the screen back on.Manage your displayLowering the brightness, letting the display sleep when not in use, and keeping itsimple helps save battery power.§Use automatic brightness (the default), or manually lower the brightness.§Set the screen timeout to a shorter time.§Don't use a live wallpaper for your Home screen. Animation effects are nice toshow off to other people but they drain your battery.Changing your wallpaper to a plain, black background can also help a little. Theless color is displayed, the less battery is used.§Set the web browser to auto dim the screen while webpages load. Open theInternet app, and then tap > Settings > Accessibility > Dim screen duringpage loading.For more details, see Settings and security on page 157 and Personalizing on page57.39 Your first week with your new phone
Manage your apps§Install the latest software and application updates. Updates sometimes includebattery performance improvements.§Uninstall or disable apps that you never use.Many apps run processes or sync data in the background even when you're notusing them. If there are apps that you don't need anymore, uninstall them.If an app came preloaded and can't be uninstalled, disabling the app can stillprevent it from continuously running or syncing data. In Settings > Apps, swipeto the All tab, tap the app, and then tap Disable.Limit background data and syncBackground data and sync can use a lot of battery power if you have many appssyncing data in the background. It’s recommended not to let apps sync data toooften. Determine which apps can be set with longer sync times, or sync manually.§In Settings, tap Accounts & sync and check what types of data are being syncedin your online accounts. When the battery is starting to run low, temporarilydisable syncing some data.§If you have many email accounts, consider prolonging the sync time of someaccounts.In the Mail app, select an account, tap > Settings > Sync, Send & Receive, andthen adjust the settings under Sync schedule.§When you’re not traveling from one place to another, sync weather updates ofonly your current location, rather than in all of your named cities. Open theWeather app, and then tap > Edit to remove unneeded cities.§Choose widgets wisely.Some widgets constantly sync data. Consider removing the ones that are notimportant from your Home screen.§In Play Store, tap > Settings, and then clear Auto-add widgets to avoidautomatically adding Home screen widgets whenever you've installed new apps.Also tap Auto-update apps > Do not auto-update apps if you're fine withupdating apps from Play Store manually.Other tipsTo squeeze in a little bit more battery power, try these tips:§Tone down the ringtone and media volume.§Minimize the use of vibration or sound feedback. In Settings, tap Sound andchoose which ones you don't need and can disable.§Check your apps’ settings as you may find more options to optimize the battery.40 Your first week with your new phone
Using power saver modePower saver mode helps to increase battery life. It reduces the usage of phonefeatures that drain the battery such as the display and data connection.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Power saver tile to turn power saver mode on or off. If you want to choose which phone features to conserve power for, tap firstbefore you turn power saver mode on.If power saver mode's Data connection option is selected, HTC Phoneautomatically disconnects from the mobile network after 15 minutes when thescreen is off and the data connection is idle (no download activity, streaming, ordata usage). It reconnects and then disconnects periodically when the dataconnection is idle to save battery power.Keep in mind though that the Sleep mode option for the data connection inSettings > Power, when enabled, overrides power saver mode.41 Your first week with your new phone
Camera and GalleryCameraCamera basicsTake great photos and videos with the camera, and make them more memorable byapplying a variety of effects and scenes.Open the Camera app to capture that perfect moment. While waiting to take yournext photo, switch HTC Phone to Sleep mode. When you're ready to take morephotos and videos, just press POWER again to use the camera.Use the controls on the Viewfinder screen to add effects, zoom in or out, and more.Zooming§Before taking a photo or video, slide your finger on the zoom bar to zoom in orout.§Slide two fingers apart to zoom in or together to zoom out.§When you're recording video, the zoom bar is always onscreen. You can freelyzoom in or out while recording.Switching between the front and main cameraOn the Viewfinder screen, do any of the following:§Pull from the top or bottom edge in landscape view.§Pull from the left or right edge in portrait view.§Tap and then tap the Front/Main switch.Some camera features are not available when you’re using the front camera, suchas zooming.42 Camera and Gallery
Choosing an effectUse the available camera effects to make your photos look like they’ve been takenthrough special lenses or filters. You can also apply certain effects to videos.1. Tap .2. Scroll through the available effects and tap one that you like. Effects marked with can only be applied to photos.Setting the video resolution1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Settings, tap Video Quality, and then choose a video resolution.Choosing a flash modeTap the flash icon to choose a flash mode. When using Flash on or Auto flash mode, the camera intelligently sets the best flashbrightness for your photo.Taking a photo1. Open the Camera app.2. Just point the camera at what you want to capture. The camera adjusts thefocus automatically as you move it.3. When you're ready to take the photo, tap . You can also tap anywhere on the screen to take a photo if you turned on Touch tocapture in > Shutter option.Recording video1. Open the Camera app.2. When you're ready to start recording, tap .3. While recording, you can:§Freely zoom in or out.§Change focus to a different subject or area by just tapping it on theViewfinder screen.§Tap the flash icon to turn the flash on or off.4. To stop recording, tap .43 Camera and Gallery
Taking a photo while recording a video (VideoPic)Make sure that you're in Normal scene to use this feature.While you're recording video using the main camera, tap to capture a still shot ofyour subject.Turning off auto focusYou can only turn off auto focus before you start recording with the main camera.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Settings, tap Lock focus in video.Taking continuous camera shotsDo you want to take photos of moving subjects? Whether it’s your kid's football gameor a car race, you can capture the action.Make sure that you're in Normal scene to use this feature.1. On the Viewfinder screen, just press and hold . The camera takes up to 20consecutive shots of your subject.2. After taking the shots, do any of the following:§To keep just one photo, select the photo that you like the most, and thentap Best shot.§To save the photos as a batch, press .To get creative with your photos, open and edit them in the Gallery app. Additionalediting features are available for a batch of continuous shots, such as SequenceShot, Always Smile, and Object Removal.44 Camera and Gallery
Camera scenesA scene is a collection of settings to suit the lighting and environment. Use Normaland let the camera automatically determine optimal settings, or choose from a wideselection of scenes before you start taking photos.Try the Anti-shake mode to help lessen shakes and blurs in your photos.Improving portrait shotsIf you'd like your family or friends to look their best in your photos, make sure to usethe portrait scene. It smoothens the skin in your shots.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Photo capture mode, tap next to Scene, and then tap Portrait.3. When you're ready to take the photo, tap .Taking a self portraitNo one around to take your photo?1. Switch to the front camera by pulling the Viewfinder screen's top or bottomedge in landscape view. In portrait view, you can pull from the left or right edge to switch to the frontcamera.2. Tap anywhere on the screen to start the timer. The camera takes a photo afterthe countdown.Taking HTC Zoe photosDon’t let the best moments just pass by. With HTC Zoe, record memories as a "livingalbum" and capture a series of photos and a 3-second video at the same time. In theGallery app, HTC Zoe photos appear as a video clip and a cover photo. You can alsochoose a photo from the series to edit or share.Some camera features are not available when you’re using HTC Zoe, such aszooming.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap to switch HTC Zoe on.2. When you're ready to capture, tap . When you see the shutter release iconslowly turn red , continue holding the phone steady as the camera capturesa few seconds of shots.To get creative with your photos, open and edit them in the Gallery app. Additionalediting features are available for HTC Zoe photos, such as Sequence Shot, AlwaysSmile, and Object Removal.45 Camera and Gallery
Taking a panoramic photoWhether it’s the Golden Gate Bridge or the Eiffel Tower, you can capture anythingwide or tall in a single photo.Some camera features are not available when you’re in this mode, such as zooming.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Photo capture mode, tap Sweep panorama.3. When you're ready to take the shot, tap . Directional arrows appear,prompting you to pan left or right in landscape view (or pan up or down inportrait view).4. Pan HTC Phone as smoothly as you can to automatically capture frames. You can also tap to stop capturing anytime.The camera stitches the frames into a single photo.Using HDRWhen shooting portraits against a bright background, use the HDR (High DynamicRange) scene to capture your subjects clearly. HDR brings out the details of both thehighlights and shadows, even in high contrast lighting.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. To take an HDR photo, under Photo capture mode, tap HDR, and then tap . HDR is also available when you're using the front camera.HDR works best when your subject is steady. The camera takes multiple shots atdifferent exposure levels and combines them into one enhanced photo.Recording videos in slow motionRelive high speed action bit by bit and add a touch of suspense to your videos.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Video capture mode, tap Scene > Slow motion video.3. Frame your subject on the Viewfinder screen.4. Tap to start recording.46 Camera and Gallery
GalleryViewing photos and videos in GalleryReminisce on good times. Gallery lets you view all the photos and videos on HTCPhone or online albums. You can view photos by event or location, trim videos, addphoto frames and special effects, and more.1. Open the Gallery app. You'll see tiles of photos arranged by event. The view isrefreshed every time new photos or videos are shot or new images are added.To browse photos by album or location or see your friends' photos on socialnetworks, tap and choose how you want to view photos.2. Browse to an album or a group of photos.3. Tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. HTC Zoe photos appear as movingimages when viewed in Gallery or in full screen mode.When viewing HTC Zoe photos in full screen mode, a white dot on the progress barindicates the moment when the shutter button was pressed to capture the HTCZoe photo.Viewing photos and videos by eventView photos and videos based on when and where they were taken.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events. Photos and videos that you captured using HTC Phone aregrouped by time and location.3. Tap a tile to view all the photos and videos taken during a specific event.Viewing photos by locationUsing the Map view, you can view photos according to location.Only photos with geo-tag info appear on the map.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Locations.3. Zoom out or pan across the map until a numerical location indicator appears.The number in the location indicator shows how many photos were taken in thatarea.4. Tap the location indicator. The photos taken in the same area are displayed.Want to know where you took a particular photo? While viewing the photo in fullscreen, tap anywhere on the screen, and then tap > Show on map. (Show on mapis available when you've enabled Geo-tag photos in Camera.)47 Camera and Gallery
Watching and trimming a videoYou can capture a snapshot while watching a video, trim the video to removeunwanted scenes, and more.1. In the Gallery app's Album or Events view, go to the video that you want towatch.2. Tap the onscreen controls to play or pause the playback, adjust the volume, andmore. Tap > Select player to share the video on your home network.3. Tap to capture and save a still shot.4. To trim the video, tap > Edit.5. Drag the two trim sliders to the part where you want the video to begin andend.6. Tap to preview your trimmed video.7. Tap Save.The trimmed video is saved as a new file. The original video remains unedited.Changing the video playback speedWant to add a cinematic flair to your videos by slowing down particular scenes? Youcan vary the playback speed of selected sections of a slow motion video.You can only change the video playback speed of videos captured using the slowmotion scene in the Camera app.1. In the Gallery app's Album view, find the slow motion video you want to editand tap .2. Tap to switch between normal and slow motion playback.3. To adjust the playback speed of the video, tap > Edit > Adjust playbackspeed.4. Frame the sequence you want to slow down by moving the left and right sliders.5. Choose how much to slow the sequence down.6. Tap to watch the result.7. Tap Save.The edited video is saved as a new file. The original video remains unedited.48 Camera and Gallery
Viewing photo highlightsEasily see all your favorite photos in one place. Gallery automatically groups all yourmost viewed or shared photos (your highlights) in one album. You can also manuallyadd photos to the folder.§To view these favorite photos go to the Highlight album.§To manually add a highlight, view the photo in full screen, tap the photo, andthen tap .Viewing the highlights of an eventWant to share the excitement of a wedding or party? Gallery automatically selects thehighlights of an event and displays them in a highlight video that lasts about half aminute. The highlight video will include HTC Zoe photos, still photos, and video clips.Your most viewed or most shared content from an event are the top highlights.There are also background music themes that play with the show, and you can shufflethe content.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events.3. Tap a tile to see photos and videos taken at a certain event. You'll see a previewthat displays the highlight video created from the event.4. Tap the preview to view the highlight video in full screen.5. While viewing the show in full screen, tap the screen to access the controls. Youcan:§Tap to change to another theme.§Tap to shuffle the highlights.§Tap > Select content to manually choose content to be included in thehighlight video.§Tap > Select music to change the default soundtrack.§Tap > Save to create a video file of the highlights. The video will be savedin the Video Highlight folder.Organizing your photos and videosShowing or hiding albumsHave too many albums cluttering up Gallery? You can choose to show or hide albums.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Albums.3. Tap > Show/hide albums and choose which albums you'd like to show or hide.49 Camera and Gallery
Copying or moving a photo or video to another album1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the album that has the photo or video you want to copy or move.3. Press and hold the photo or video.4. Choose whether to move or copy the photo or video and then select thedestination album.Renaming an albumIf you have created albums to organize photos, you can rename these albums.1. In the Gallery app's Albums view, press and hold the album that you want torename.2. Tap Rename.Some albums, like Camera shots and All photos, cannot be renamed.Working with event photosPhotos and videos that you captured using HTC Phone are grouped together inEvents view according to the time and location they were taken. You can combinephotos from two events. You can also move photos from an event into a new orexisting event.1. In the Gallery app's Events view, press and hold the event that you want to splitor combine.2. Do one of the following:§Tap Merge to and then select another event to combine the two events.§Tap Split to and then select the pictures or videos in the event you want tosplit to another event. Tap Split and then tap an existing event as thedestination, or tap to create a new event as the destination.50 Camera and Gallery
Viewing photos in your social networksRight in the Gallery app, check what you and your friends have uploaded to yoursocial networks or photo sharing sites.Log on to your accounts and add them in Gallery before you start viewing onlinephotos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Friends.3. Tap a social network account or photo sharing site. In social networks, to comment on a photo, press and hold a photo thumbnail andthen tap Add comment.Adding an online service1. In the Gallery app's Albums view, tap > Add online service.2. Tap the social network or photo sharing service that you want to add.To remove a network or photo sharing service, on the Add online service screen tapthe service name and then tap > Remove.Editing your photosMake your pictures even better. Gallery has an array of editing tools that let you crop,rotate, apply and create photo effects, and much more to your photos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit.4. Do any of the following:§Tap Effects to apply a special effect filter to the photo.§Tap Frames to add a decorative frame to the photo.§Tap Retouch to make a portrait shot even better with red eye removal, skinsmoothing, and more.§Tap Transform to rotate, crop, flip, or straighten the photo.5. Tap > Save. Except for when applying rotation, edited photos are saved as copies of theoriginal.51 Camera and Gallery
Adding custom photo effectsAre the existing photo effects not exactly what you are looking for? You can makeyour own photo effects in Gallery.You can only add effects to photos that are stored locally.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit.4. Tap Effects.5. Press and hold the effect you want to customize and drag it to Custom. You can also press and hold an effect and then drag it to a new location.6. On the Custom Effects screen you can:§Make changes to the effect by adjusting filters such as exposure, saturation,white balance, and more.§Use the slider bars on selected filters to adjust the intensity of the effect.§Rearrange filters to modify the effect. Press and hold the filter you want tomove. Then drag it to a new position.§Remove filters. Press and hold the filter you want to remove. Then drag itto Remove.§Tap to add more filters and create a more complex effect.7. Tap Done to apply the effects to your photo. To save your custom effects for future use, tap Save Preset.Creating an action sequence shotHop, skip, or jump. Create a sequence shot to stitch a series of actions in one photo.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Sequence Shot. You'll see framesthat you can combine in one photo.4. Select the frames that you want to include in the sequence shot.52 Camera and Gallery
5. Tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Editing a group shotFinding it difficult to choose a group shot with the most smiles and the fewest blinks?Retouch a group shot so everyone looks their best in the photo.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Always Smile. You'll see circlesaround any faces detected in the photo.4. Select one face at a time and drag it sideways with your finger to select theexpression you want.5. After making your changes, tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Removing unwanted objects in a photoIs there a pedestrian or a passing car that ruins your otherwise perfect shot of afamous landmark? Retouch the photo to remove unwanted people or objects.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Object Removal. You'll see framesaround areas in the photo where objects have been automatically removed.To capture a precise moment in an HTC Zoe photo, while viewing the HTC Zoephoto, drag the slider on the progress bar until you see the image you want. Youcan then remove unwanted objects.4. To retain an object, tap on its image on the film strip.53 Camera and Gallery
5. After making your changes, tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Sending your photos and videosSend photos and videos to your computer or to another device via email, MMS, orBluetooth.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the photo album or group of photos that you want to send.3. Tap Share and then choose how you want to send the photos and videos.4. Select the photos or videos you want to send and then tap Next. You can send several photos, videos, or both in an email message. They are addedas file attachments in your email.5. If you selected an HTC Zoe photo, you can choose to send it as a still image orvideo. If you choose to send it as a still image, the cover photo (the shot that wascaptured when the shutter was pressed) will be sent.6. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish sending your photos and videos.From an HTC Zoe photo, you can also share a frame other than the cover photo.While viewing the HTC Zoe photo, tap it to display the playback controls. Drag theslider on the progress bar to the frame that you want, tap Share, and then choosehow you want to send it.Sharing your photos on social networksUse the Gallery app to share photos straight to your social networks.§Log in to your social network account before you upload photos or videos.§Some social networks only allow you to upload photos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the photo album or group of photos that you want to share.3. Tap Share and choose which social network you want to upload to. Use HTC Share to provide your recipients with the total HTC Zoe experience,including a highlight video and a collage of your best photos.54 Camera and Gallery
4. Select the items you want to share and then tap Next. If you selected an HTC Zoe photo, you can choose to share it as a still image orvideo.If you choose to share it as a still image, the cover photo (the shot that wascaptured when the shutter was pressed) will be shared.5. Follow the onscreen instructions to upload your photos and videos. You may beable to enter a caption, select the online album you want to upload to, selectprivacy options, and more.From an HTC Zoe photo, you can also share a frame other than the cover photo.While viewing the HTC Zoe photo, tap it to display the playback controls. Drag theslider on the progress bar to the frame that you want, tap Share, and then choosehow you want to share it.Sharing memories through HTC ShareIt's easy to create a collage of your best photos and share them with friends andfamily with HTC Share.§Build and share your collage quickly. Highlights of the event have been pickedfor you.§Add still photos or even include a highlight video. You can also add HTC Zoephotos.§Share through a URL link—no need for bulky attachments.You must have an HTC Account to share a collage using HTC Share. Friends andfamily do not need an HTC Account to view or download photos from your collage.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events.3. Tap a tile to see the photos taken at a certain event.4. Tap > HTC Share. The highlights are ready to be uploaded.5. Review your collage, and refine it:§Tap a photo to show options for replacing and more.§If available, tap to select more content from the same album or event.Worried about data charges? Tap > Settings and choose Wi-Fi connection. Whenuploading, you will be prompted to use the Wi‑Fi connection.6. Fill in details, such as title and description.55 Camera and Gallery
7. Tap Upload, and wait for HTC Phone to finish uploading.8. Under Share to, select how you want to share your collage.A link is sent to friends and family or a status update appears on their social networks.For a period of time, they can:§Tap or click the link to view the collage on a web browser.§Tap or click a photo in the collage to see a bigger view or to see the downloadoption.Do not reproduce, distribute, or otherwise use copyrighted materials in connectionwith the Video Highlights feature unless you have secured the copyright owner’spermission first.Managing collections in HTC ShareWant to share photos to more friends or delete those you have already uploaded toHTC Share?1. On the screen that allows you to upload photos to HTC Share, tap > My HTCShares.2. You can:§Send the collection to more recipients. Next to the collection's name, tap > Reshare, and then select how you want to share your photos.§Delete collections. Tap > Delete and then select the collections you wantto remove from HTC Share.Your collections are only available for a limited time. If you do not delete yourphotos during the allotted time, they are automatically removed from the server.§View how much storage is available for your account.56 Camera and Gallery
PersonalizingMaking HTC Phone truly yoursMake HTC Phone look and sound just the way you want it. Personalize it with adifferent wallpaper and ringtone, and you can also choose notification sounds forevents such as incoming text, email, and calendar reminders.Changing your wallpaperPick your favorite photo as your Home wallpaper. Choose from the availablewallpapers, or use any photo you've taken with the camera.You can also use the HTC Get Started service to choose a photo from your computeras your wallpaper.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Wallpaper.3. Tap one of the following:HTC wallpapers Choose a preset wallpaper, and then tap Preview.Live wallpapers Choose a preset animated wallpaper, and then tap Preview.If the animated wallpaper you chose can be customized, tapSettings.ComputerphotosUse the HTC Get Started service to choose a photo fromyour computer and use it as a wallpaper on HTC Phone.Gallery Choose an existing photo and crop it.4. Tap Done or Apply.Adding a widget to your Home screenWidgets make at-a-glance important information and media content easily available.Choose from a selection of widgets and add the most useful ones to your Homescreen.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.57 Personalizing
3. Tap > Widgets. You can:§Swipe to browse through the widgets.§Tap to search for specific widgets.Some widgets are available in different styles and sizes.4. Press and hold and then drag a widget to a home screen thumbnail where youwant to add it.You can also add widgets that allow you to quickly switch on or off certain settingssuch as Wi‑Fi and Bluetooth.Changing the settings of a widgetYou can modify basic settings of some widgets (for example, the People widget) fromthe Home screen.1. Press and hold a widget on your Home screen, and then drag it to . The relevant screen where you can change some settings for this widget thenopens.2. Customize the widget settings.Resizing a widgetSome widgets can be resized after you've added them to your Home screen.1. Press and hold a widget on the Home screen, and then release your finger. If aborder appears, that means the widget is resizable.2. Drag the sides of the border to enlarge or shrink the widget size.58 Personalizing
Adding apps and other shortcuts on yourHome screenPlace apps you often use on your Home screen. You can also add shortcuts tofrequently used settings, bookmarked webpages, and more.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.3. Tap > Apps or Shortcuts. You can:§Swipe to browse through the apps or shortcuts.§Tap to search for specific apps or shortcuts.4. Press and hold and then drag an app or a shortcut to a home screen thumbnailwhere you want to add it.To add an app from the All apps view, press and hold an app and drag it to .Drop the app on an empty space in the Home screen.Rearranging or removing widgets and icons onyour Home screenMoving a widget or iconYou can easily move a widget or icon from one Home screen panel to another.1. Press and hold the widget or icon with one finger.2. With another finger, flick left or right to rotate the screen to another Homescreen panel. 59 Personalizing
3. Release the widget or icon.4. To move the widget or icon to another position on the panel, just press and holdand then drag it.Removing a widget or icon1. Press and hold the widget or icon you want to remove, and then drag it to .2. When the widget or icon turns red, lift your finger.Personalizing the launch barThe launch bar gives you one-touch access to commonly used apps. You can replacethe apps on the launch bar with other apps you often use.1. Press and hold the app you want to replace, and then drag it out to . 2. Press and hold an app, and then drag it to the empty slot on the launch bar.§You can also group apps on the launch bar into a folder.§The apps or shortcuts you see on the lock screen are the same as the ones on thelaunch bar.Grouping apps into a folderUse folders to group apps on the launch bar or on your Home screen to free up spaceso you can add more apps.1. Press and hold an app, and then drag it over to another app to automaticallycreate a folder. 2. Tap the folder to open it.60 Personalizing
3. Tap .4. Select one or more apps that you want to add to the folder.5. Tap Done.§You can also add shortcuts to settings or information. Add a shortcut first to theHome screen, and then drag it over to the folder.§You can also group apps into a folder in the All Apps view. Tap > Custom. Pressand hold an app and drag it to another app. Do the same for more apps that youwant to group into the folder.Renaming a folder1. Tap the folder to open it.2. Tap the folder window’s title bar.3. Enter a new folder name.4. Tap outside the folder to close it.Removing items from a folder1. Tap the folder to open it.2. Press and hold an app, and then drag it out to to remove. To remove an app in the All Apps view, press and hold the app and drag it out ofthe folder.If there's only one item left in the folder, the folder ungroups the last item andremoves itself automatically.Adding a Home screen panelAdd a Home screen if you have more widgets, apps, and shortcuts that you want toaccess right away.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.3. Tap Add panel. A new Home screen appears. You can start adding widgets,apps, and shortcuts.To remove a panel, press and hold and then drag it to .61 Personalizing
Changing your ringtone, notifications, andsounds1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Under Sound, change the ringtone, notification sound, and alarm. Go to the Messages, Mail, Calendar, and Tasks apps to choose sounds for newmessages, email, calendar, and task reminders respectively.Want alarms to ring louder but notifications to be more discreet? In Settings, tapSound > Volumes and set the volume levels for each sound type.Rearranging application tabsYou can add to or rearrange the tabs in some apps to make it easy to get to the mostimportant information.1. Open an app that has tabs.2. Press and hold a tab until a screen for rearranging tabs appears.3. You can:§Select the tabs you want to add.§Change the order of the tabs. Press and hold next to a tab, and thendrag to the new position.4. Tap Done.Customizing the lock screen styleChoose from our selection of lock screens. Some lock screens are customizable.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Lock screen style.3. Swipe to choose a lock screen style.4. Tap the lock screen style to see a preview. If you want to further customize it,tap Settings.5. Tap Apply.62 Personalizing
Hiding missed calls and messages on the lockscreenYou'll see missed calls and messages on the lock screen. Want these hidden instead?1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Clear the Phone notification preview and Message notification preview options.Securing HTC Phone with a personal touchMake unlocking your phone as easy as looking at it. Help protect your personalinformation and help prevent others from using HTC Phone without your permissionby setting up face unlock.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Screen lock > Face Unlock.3. Tap Set it up and follow the onscreen instructions.4. Choose a backup unlock method to use in case the phone doesn't recognizeyou.5. Tap Lock phone after, then specify the idle time before the screen is locked. You can also tap Improve face matching on the Security screen to train HTC Phoneto recognize your face in different situations, such as when you're wearing glassesor sporting a beard.You'll be asked to unlock the screen every time HTC Phone is turned on or when it’sidle for a certain period of time.To further improve security, select Liveness check on the Security screen. You'll beasked to blink to unlock the screen.63 Personalizing
Phone callsMaking a call with Smart dialYou can either dial a number directly, or use Smart dial to quickly place a call. Smartdial searches and calls a stored/synced contact or a number from your call history.1. Open the Phone app.2. Enter the phone number or first few letters of the contact’s name to see the topmatching contact. If there is more than one match, you'll be told how many matches. For example, tap"8 MATCHES" to see all 8 matches.3. Tap the contact you want to call. §To check other phone numbers associated with the contact, tap beside thecontact name.§If the phone number has an extension, tap after connecting to the main line andthen dial the extension number.4. To hang up, tap End Call.Changing the Phone dialer layoutSwitch between the Smart dial keypad to find contacts with just a few taps and a fullscreen keypad that gives you more room to enter phone numbers.1. Open the Phone app.2. Tap > Full screen keypad or Smart dial keypad.Dialing an extension numberTo skip voice prompts when dialing an extension number, do one of the following:§After dialing the main number, press and hold * . The letter p is added to thenumber you are dialing. Enter the extension number, and then tap Call. You willbe connected to the mainline and then to the extension number.§After dialing the main number, press and hold #. The letter w is added to thenumber you are dialing. Enter the extension number, and then tap Call. Afterconnecting to the main line, tap Send to dial the extension number.You can save phone numbers with an extension in the People app.64 Phone calls
Returning a missed callYou'll see the missed call icon in the status bar when you miss a call.1. Slide the Notifications panel open to check who the caller is.2. To return the call, spread your two fingers on the missed call notification toexpand it, and then tap Call back.If you have multiple missed calls, tap the missed calls notification to open the CallHistory tab.Using Speed dialUse Speed dial to call a phone number with a single tap. For example, if you assign acontact’s number to the number 2 key, you can just press and hold 2 to dial thenumber.The number 1 key is generally reserved for your voicemail. Press and hold this keyto call voicemail and retrieve your voicemail messages.Assigning a speed dial key1. Open the Phone app.2. Tap > Speed dial > . You can also press and hold an unassigned key on the dialpad, and then tap Yes.3. Select a contact from the list.4. On the Speed dial screen, choose the phone number of the contact to use, and aspeed dial key to assign.5. Tap Save.Calling a phone number in a text message1. Tap the phone number within the message.2. Tap Call. To call the message sender, tap the received message, and then tap Call on theoptions menu.65 Phone calls
Calling a phone number in an email1. Tap the phone number in the email body.2. Tap Call.Calling a phone number in a Calendar event1. Open an event in Calendar.2. On the Event details screen, tap the phone number.3. Tap Call.Making an emergency callIn some regions, you can make emergency calls from HTC Phone even if you don’thave a SIM card installed or your SIM card has been blocked.If you don't have a network signal, you won't be able to make an emergency call.1. Open the Phone app.2. Dial the emergency number for your locale, and then tap Call.If you've enabled but forgotten your lock password or lock pattern, you can stillmake emergency calls by tapping Emergency call on the screen.Receiving callsWhen you receive a phone call from a contact, the Incoming call screen appears.HTC Phone will automatically adjust the ringtone volume when you use the politeringer and pocket mode features.Answering or rejecting a callDo one of the following:§If the display is on when you get a call, tap Answer or Decline.§If the display is locked when you get a call, drag or upwards.After declining a call, you can send a text message to the caller or create a task toremind you to return the call.You can also press the POWER button twice to reject a call.66 Phone calls
Muting the ringing sound without rejecting the callDo one of the following:§Press the VOLUME DOWN or VOLUME UP button.§Press the POWER button.§Place HTC Phone face down on a level surface.If HTC Phone is already facing down, it will still ring when there are subsequentincoming calls.Look who's callingEvery time you make a call or your friend gives you a ring, you get to see your friend’slatest social network status update right on the call screen. You’ll also see a birthdayreminder if your friend’s birthday (stored on your phone or online account) willhappen in a few days.Viewing a task reminder while on a callDid you promise to babysit for a friend this weekend? If you associate a task with adue date to a contact, you'll see a task reminder on the call screen when you're on acall with that friend.If the contact has a recent status update, you won't be able to see the taskreminder.What can I do during a call?When a call is in progress, you can turn the speakerphone on, place the call on hold,and more.Putting a call on holdTo put the call on hold, tap > Hold. The status bar then displays the hold call icon.To resume the call, tap > Unhold.Switching between callsIf you’re already in a call and you accept another call, you can switch between the twocalls.1. When you receive another call, tap Answer to accept the second call and putthe first call on hold.2. To switch between the calls, tap the person you want to talk to on the screen.67 Phone calls
Turning the speakerphone on or off during a callTo decrease potential damage to your hearing, do not hold HTC Phone to your earwhen the speakerphone is on.§On the call screen, tap . The speakerphone icon appears in the status bar.§To turn the speakerphone off, tap .Muting the microphone during a callOn the call screen, tap to toggle between turning the microphone on or off. Whenthe microphone is turned off, the mute icon appears in the status bar.Ending a callDo one of the following to end the call:§On the call screen, tap End Call.§Slide the Notifications panel open, then tap .If the phone number of the person who called is not in your contacts list, you canchoose to save the number to your contacts list after you hang up.Setting up a conference callConference calling with your friends, family, or co-workers is easy. Make the first call(or accept a call), and then simply dial each subsequent call to add it to theconference.Make sure your SIM card is enabled with conference calling service. Contact yourmobile operator for details.1. Make a call to the first conference call participant.2. When connected, tap > Add call, and then dial the number of the secondparticipant. The first participant is put on hold.3. When connected to the second participant, tap .4. To add another participant, tap , and then dial the number of the contact.5. When connected, tap to add the participant to the conference call.6. To talk to a person in the conference call in private, tap and then selectPrivate call.To end the call with a participant, tap and then tap Finish this call.To end the conference call, tap End Call.68 Phone calls
Checking calls in the Call HistoryUse Call History to check missed calls, your dialed numbers, and received calls.1. Open the Phone app.2. Swipe to view the Call History tab.3. Do one of the following:§Tap a name or number in the list to call.§Press and hold a name or number in the list to display the options menu.§Tap to display just a particular type of call such as missed calls oroutgoing calls.Adding a new phone number to your contacts from Call History1. On the Call History tab, tap .2. Choose whether to create a new contact or save the number to an existingcontact.Clearing the Call History listOn the Call History tab, do one of the following:Remove one name ornumberPress and hold the name or number, and then tap Deletefrom call history.Clear the entire list Tap > Remove call history. On the Delete from call historyscreen, tap > Select all, and then tap Delete.Blocking a callerWhen you block a phone number or a contact, all calls from the phone number orcontact will be declined automatically.On the Call History tab, press and hold the contact or phone number you want toblock, and then tap Block contact.You can always remove a caller from your blocked list. On the Call History tab, tap > Blocked contacts. Press and hold a contact, and then tap Unblock contacts.69 Phone calls
Changing ringtone settingsSwitching between silent, vibrate, and normal modesDo one of the following:§To change from silent to normal mode, press the VOLUME UP button.§To change from vibrate to normal mode, press the VOLUME UP button twice.§Go to Settings, and then tap Sound > Sound profile.Lowering the ring volume automaticallyHTC Phone has a quiet ring feature that automatically lowers the ring volume whenyou move it.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Quiet ring on pickup option.Making HTC Phone ring louder in your pocket or bagTo help avoid missing incoming calls when HTC Phone is in your pocket or bag, thepocket mode feature gradually increases the ring volume and vibrates when youreceive a call.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Pocket mode option.Home dialingWhen you're on a trip abroad, it's easy to dial friends and family from home.Your home country code is automatically added when you call your contacts whileroaming. But when manually entering a phone number to call, you need to enter a plus(+) sign and country code before the number.Using a roaming service may incur additional charges. Check with your mobileoperator for rates before using a roaming service.Changing the default country code for Home dialing1. Go to Settings, and then tap Call.2. Tap Home dialing settings.3. Select a country, and then tap OK.70 Phone calls
Turning off Home dialingIf you prefer to manually enter complete phone numbers to call while roaming, youcan turn off Home dialing.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Call.2. Under Other settings, clear the Home dialing option.71 Phone calls
MessagesSending a text message (SMS)1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Enter a contact name or mobile number in the To field.4. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message. 5. Tap , or press to save the message as a draft. §There is a limit on the number of characters for a single text message (displayedabove ). If you exceed the limit, your text message will be delivered as one butwill be billed as more than one message.§Your text message automatically becomes a multimedia message if you enter anemail address as the recipient, add a message subject, attach an item, or composea very long message.Sending a multimedia message (MMS)1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Enter a contact name, mobile number, or email address in the To field.4. To add a subject line, tap > Add subject.5. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message.6. Tap , and then choose an attachment type.7. Select or browse for the item to attach.72 Messages
8. After adding an attachment, tap to see options for replacing, viewing orremoving your attachment.9. Tap , or press to save the message as a draft.Depending on the resolution of your photo or video attachments, they may bedisplayed as cropped thumbnails in your multimedia message.Creating a slideshow1. After you've added either a photo, video, or audio in the multimedia messageyou’re composing, tap > Slide.2. Choose where you want to insert the next slide.3. Right after adding a slide, do one of the following:§Tap , and then choose to add a photo or a video.§Tap > Audio to add music or a voice recording to a slide.§Tap Add text, and then enter your caption.§Tap to see options for replacing, viewing, or removing yourattachment.4. Tap > Preview. Tap once on the preview screen to see playback controls.5. When finished, tap , or press to save the message as a draft.Can't find your contacts' email addresses in Messages?1. If only phone numbers are showing up when you're entering a contactname, tap .2. Tap > Show Email.To always show email addresses, tap on the Messages screen, and then tapSettings > General > Show email address.73 Messages
Sending a group messageGroup messaging makes it easy to send a message to multiple contacts all at once.You can choose to send a group SMS or group MMS.Group MMS may incur extra data fees.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Tap , and then select multiple recipients.4. To send a group SMS, make sure that Send as individual messages is selected.Clear this option to send your message as a group MMS.GroupSMSYour message will be sent to the recipients as a text message andyou will be charged by your mobile operator for each message sent.Replies of your recipients are sorted separately.GroupMMSSimilar to a group chat, sending a group MMS lets your recipientsjoin the conversation you've started.HTC Phone also organizes message replies in a single conversationthread. If this is your first time to send a group MMS, you may needto enter your mobile phone number.5. Tap the box that says Add text, then enter your message.6. Tap .Top questions on group MMSWhy can't my recipients see or join the group MMS I sent tothem?Check whether your recipients have enabled Group messaging on their mobiledevices. Some devices or mobile operators may not support this feature.How do I receive or block group MMS?In Message settings, tap Multimedia messages (MMS), and then turn GroupMessaging on or off.74 Messages
Resuming a draft messageOpen a draft message right from the Messages screen, edit the message, and then tap.To see all draft messages in one place, tap on the Messages screen, and then tapDrafts.Replying to a message1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message.3. Tap .Replying to a contact's other phone numberWhen a contact has multiple phone numbers stored on HTC Phone, you can selectwhich phone number to reply to.Keep in mind that your response will be sent to the phone number of the latestmessage you’ve received from this contact.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap > Open contact. If you have recently received or sent a message to the contact, tap and selectwhich phone number you want to reply to.3. On the Details tab, tap next to the phone number you want to reply to.75 Messages
4. Tap the box that says Add text, then enter your reply message.5. Tap .Saving a text message in the Tasks appSave a text message in your Tasks list so you can remind yourself when to reply.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message you want to save, and then tap Save as task.3. Enter other details or change the task title.4. Tap Save.Forwarding a message1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to view the exchangeof messages with that contact.2. Tap a message, and then tap Forward.3. In the To field, fill in one or more recipients.4. Tap .Viewing and saving an attachment from amultimedia message§If there’s a media attachment such as a photo or video in a received message,tap it to view the content.§To save the attachment, tap the multimedia message, and then choose to savefrom the options menu.§If the attachment is a contact (vCard), tap it to view the contact information,then tap Save to add to your contacts.§If the attachment is an appointment or event (vCalendar), tap it to choose thecalendar where to save it, and then tap Import.If you are concerned about the size of your data downloads, you can choose tocheck the size and subject first before you download a multimedia message. On theMessages screen, tap > Settings > Multimedia messages (MMS). Clear the Auto-retrieve option.76 Messages
Moving messages to the secure boxYou can move private messages to the secure box. You will need to enter a passwordto read these messages.§The secure box does not encrypt messages.§Messages stored on your SIM card cannot be moved to the secure box.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap > Move to secure box.3. Select the messages, and then tap Move.To move all the messages from a contact, on the Messages screen, press and holdthe contact and tap Move to secure box.§To read messages in the secure box, on the Messages screen, tap > Secure. Ifit is your first time to use the secure box, set a password.§To remove messages or contacts from the secure box, press and hold thecontact (or phone number) and tap Move to general box.Blocking unwanted messagesDeclutter your Messages screen by moving spam messages from contacts to theblock box. If you have blocked a contact, that contact's messages will also be in theblock box.§On the Messages screen, press and hold a contact (or phone number) and tapBlock contact.§To block multiple contacts, tap > Block contacts, select the contacts, and tapMove.When the contact sends you messages, you will not see them in the Messages screenor receive notifications and calls.To read messages in the block box, on the Messages screen, tap > Block.§To remove messages or contacts from the block box, press and hold the contact(or phone number) and tap Unblock.§To completely discard future messages from blocked contacts, clear the Saveblock message option in the Messages settings.77 Messages
WAP push messagesWAP push messages contain a web link. Often, the link will be to download a file thatyou have requested from a service provider. Open only links from sources that youtrust.When you receive a WAP push message, a notification icon is displayed in thestatus bar.Opening and reading a new WAP push message1. Open the Notifications panel, and then tap the push message notification.2. Tap Visit website.Viewing all your WAP push messages1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Push messages. You can only see this option if you've previously received WAP push messages.Copying a text message to your SIM card1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message, and then tap Copy to SIM. A SIM card icon is displayed.Deleting messages and conversationsOn the Messages screen, do any of the following:Delete amessageOpen the conversation thread with a contact, tap the message,and then tap Delete message.To delete multiple messages within a conversation, tap > Deletemessages > Delete by selection, and then select the messages todelete.Delete aconversationPress and hold a contact (or phone number), and then tap Delete.To delete multiple conversations, on the Messages screen, tap >Delete threads, and then select the conversations to delete.In the Messages settings, tap General > Delete old messages to auto delete oldmessages.78 Messages
How do I protect a message from being deleted?You can lock a message so that it will not be deleted even if you delete theother messages in the conversation.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message that you want to lock.3. Tap Lock message on the options menu. A lock icon is displayed.79 Messages
Search and web browserSearching HTC Phone and the WebYou can search for information on HTC Phone and on the Web. Start your search byentering a keyword or by using Google Voice Search™.Some apps, such as People or Mail, have their own search function, which you canuse to search only within those apps.Performing searches on the Web and HTC Phone1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button. If you've already set up a Google account on HTC Phone, you will be given theoption to sign in to Google Now™. See Getting instant information with Google Nowon page 81.2. In the search box, enter what you want to search for. As you type, matchingitems on HTC Phone and suggestions from Google web search are shown.To search for the information exclusively on HTC Phone, swipe your finger up thescreen, and then tap Search phone.3. If what you’re searching for is in the list of suggestions, tap the item to open it inits compatible app.Searching the Web with your voiceUse Google Voice Search to find information on the Web by speaking to HTC Phone.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Tap , and then say what you want to search for. After speaking, matchingitems from Google web search are shown.3. If what you’re searching for is in the list, tap the item to open it in its compatibleapp. Otherwise, tap to search again.80 Search and web browser
Setting search options1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings to set the followingoptions:§Voice. Set the Google Voice Search language, speech output, and more.§Phone search. Select which apps on HTC Phone are included when doing asearch.§Privacy & accounts. Manage your location history, enable recent websearches to show, or clear your search history.Getting instant information with Google NowDo you want to know the weather or your morning commute time before you startyour day? Google Now delivers quick and up-to-date information that matters to you—all without the search.Depending on your location, time of day, and previous Google searches, Google Nowdisplays information cards that include:§The day's weather and the weather forecast for upcoming days.§The traffic conditions on your way to work or your commute back home.§The directions and travel time to your next appointment.§The next train or bus arriving at your platform or bus stop.§Your favorite team's score and standings while you enjoy the game.Setting up Google NowBefore setting up Google Now:§Make sure that you're signed in to your Google account.§Turn location services on and make sure that you have an Internet connection.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. The subsequent screens show examples of Google Now information cards. TapNext until you reach the Get Google Now! screen.3. Tap Yes, I'm in. Google Now information cards will start to appear on theGoogle search screen.4. To see all available information cards, tap Show sample cards.More information cards will appear on the Google search screen as you use HTCPhone to search the Web, create appointments, and more.81 Search and web browser
Changing card settingsYou can easily customize the settings of Google Now cards to suit your informationneeds. For example, you can change your home and work addresses in the Trafficcard or choose which time of the day the Weather card appears. You can also keep acard from appearing on the Google search screen.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings > Google Now.3. Tap the information card you want to customize.4. Tap a card setting, and then change it to your preference. To hide the card, tap the On/Off switch next to the card name.5. Press to save your changes and return to the previous screen.Refreshing Google NowRefresh Google Now to update the information cards or show relevant cards forinformation that you've just added on HTC Phone, like an upcoming event in Calendar.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Refresh.Turning off Google Now1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings > Google Now.3. Tap the On/Off switch next to Google Now.4. Tap Turn off.Browsing the Web1. Open the Internet app.2. Tap the URL box on top of the screen. If the webpage is in fullscreen mode, flick the screen down to show the URL boxand other options.3. Enter the webpage address or your search keywords.82 Search and web browser
4. On the webpage, you can:§Tap a link to open it, or press and hold a link to see more options.§Tap an email address to send a message to the email address.§Press and hold an image to save, copy, or set it as your wallpaper.5. To return to the previous webpage you've viewed, tap , and then tap or .Switching to Read modeWant to read a Web article without distractions? Read mode removes menus,banners, and backgrounds from a webpage.Read mode may not be available on certain webpages.While viewing a webpage, tap before the URL address. The browser remains inRead mode even when you browse other pages on the same website.To turn Read mode off, tap .Maximizing your browsing space§To hide the status bar when browsing, tap > Settings > General, and thenselect Fullscreen.§While browsing a webpage, tap > Desktop View to display the full desktopversion of the webpage.83 Search and web browser
Using browser tabsOpen multiple browser tabs and quickly switch from one webpage to another.Open the Internet app.§To add a browser tab, tap > . Repeat the same to open new browser tabs.§To switch among browser tabs, tap and swipe to the webpage you want toview. Tap the browser tab to display the webpage in full screen.§To close a browser tab, tap , and then tap .Saving web content for laterSave webpages to read later, even without an Internet connection. You can also addsome video clips on webpages to the Watch list so you can quickly find and watchthem whenever you like.HTC Phone saves webpage text and images only. You will need Internet connectionto open linked pages and play video clips.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > .2. Tap Reading list or Watch list. When the webpage you're adding to the Watch list has one or more video clips,you'll be asked to choose which videos you want to add.To view a saved webpage or video clip, tap > Saved. Swipe to the Reading list orWatch list, and then tap a webpage or video you want to view.84 Search and web browser
Setting browser optionsCustomize the web browser to suit your browsing style. Set display, privacy, andsecurity options when using the web browser.From the browser screen, tap > Settings.Bookmarking a webpageAdd your favorite webpages as bookmarks so you can access them quickly.Bookmark a webpage in a normal browser screen and not when you're browsingincognito.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > > Bookmarks.2. On the Bookmark this page screen, you can edit the bookmark name, sync thebookmark with an online account, or save the bookmark in a new categoryfolder.3. Tap Done.To view and open a bookmark, tap > Bookmarks. Navigate to the bookmark youwant to open, and then tap it.You can also add a bookmark directly to the Home screen. While viewing awebpage, tap > > Home screen.85 Search and web browser
Not seeing your bookmark?On the Bookmarks screen, tap and select All bookmarks. HTC Phone willdisplay all your bookmarks, including those which are synced with an onlineaccount.Syncing your bookmarks with Google ChromeCreate bookmarks from your computer's Google Chrome™ browser and sync them onHTC Phone. For more information about Google Chrome, visit http://support.google.com/chrome.§Using your Google Chrome desktop browser, you need to sign in to your GoogleAccount and set up Google Chrome sync.§Be sure that you are logged in to your Google Account every time you saveGoogle Chrome bookmarks on your computer.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap Google.3. Tap your Google Account.4. Select the Internet option.Using your browsing historyHTC Phone keeps a record of webpages you've visited.If you don't want HTC Phone to keep your browsing history, browse using anincognito tab. See Private browsing on page 87.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > History.2. Swipe to the History or Most visited tab.3. Navigate to the webpage that you want to view, and then tap it.86 Search and web browser
Clearing your browsing history1. While viewing a webpage, tap > Settings > Privacy & security > Clear history.2. Tap OK.All webpage entries in the History and Most visited tabs are deleted.If you want to delete a single webpage entry, go to the History or Most visited tab,press and hold the webpage entry, and then tap Remove from history or Removefrom most visited.Private browsingYou can use incognito tabs to browse the Web with more privacy. Browser cookiesare deleted and not shared when you close all incognito tabs. Pages you view inincognito also won't appear in your browser history (except for files you'vedownloaded).From the browser screen, tap > .87 Search and web browser
EntertainmentMusicListening to musicEnjoy your favorite songs on HTC Phone using the Music app.When you open the Music app for the first time, you'll be asked if you would like toautomatically download related content, such as album covers and artist photos, toHTC Phone.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then choose if you want to browse by artists, albums, or othercategories.3. Tap a song to play.4. Tap the onscreen icons to control music playback, repeat songs, and more.Press and drag your finger across theprogress bar to jump to any part of the song.Turn shuffle on or off. (Shuffle is off whenbutton is gray.)Cycle through the repeat modes: repeat allsongs, repeat current song, and don’t repeat.Open the full screen player (Music Channel)to view lyrics and music visualization whilethe song is being played.(You can set whether the full screen playerstarts automatically or not in Music settings.)Minimize the Now playing screen to continuebrowsing your music collection.When you're listening to music and the screen display turns off, press POWER toturn the screen back on and control the music playback directly on the Lockscreen.88 Entertainment
Making your music sound betterTurn on Beats Audio for an enhanced sound experience. Songs and videos sound richand authentic, especially when played in Music and Gallery apps.To turn the Beats Audio profile on or off, go to Settings, and then tap the Beats AudioOn/Off switch.Creating and working with playlistsPersonalize your music experience by creating music playlists. Make a playlistcontaining just your favorite songs or create one to match your mood for the day.You can make as many playlists as you like.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then select Playlists.3. Tap , and then enter a playlist name.4. To add songs, tap beside the title text box, browse your music collection,and then tap a song to add. Repeat this step to add more songs.5. You can also:Rearrange songs Press and hold next to the song title you want tomove, and then drag it to its new position.Delete songs Select the songs you want to remove from the playlist.Change playlistnameType the new name of the playlist in the title text box.6. Tap Save.To edit a playlist you've created, tap on the Music app's main screen, and thenselect Playlists. Open a playlist, and then tap > Edit playlist.Playing the songs in a playlist1. Open the Music app.2. Tap > Playlists.3. Tap a playlist, and then tap the song you want to play first.When you tap a song, the screen is updated with the songs from your playlist.89 Entertainment
Deleting playlists1. Open the Music app.2. Tap > Playlists.3. You can:§Press and hold the playlist you want to delete, and then tap Delete playlist.§Tap > Delete playlists to remove several playlists.Adding a song to the queueWhile playing a song, you can also browse other tracks stored on HTC Phone. Add asong or an album to the queue so it plays when the current playlist has finishedplaying.1. While a song is playing, browse for other tracks.2. Do any of the following:§When you find the album or folder that you like, press and hold it, and thentap Add to queue.§Browse for a playlist or an artist, and then tap > Add to queue.§To add a single track, browse for the song, and then tap > Add toqueue.Updating album covers and artist photosTo save on data usage, you might want to connect to a Wi‑Fi network whenupdating your album covers and artist photos. In Music settings, select Wi-Fi only.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then select Artists or Albums.3. Tap > Update artist photos or Update album art.If you want HTC Phone to automatically check and update your music collection, tap on the Music app's main screen, and then tap Settings. Select Album art and Artistphotos.Setting a song as a ringtonePick a song from your Music library and set it as your ringtone or as ringtone for afavorite contact.1. Open the Music app.2. Play the song that you want to set as a ringtone.3. Tap > Set as ringtone.4. Tap Phone ringtone or Contact ringtone. If you select Contact ringtone, choosethe contacts you want to associate the ringtone with.90 Entertainment
Trimming an MP3 ringtoneUse the Music app's ringtone trimmer if you want to set only a part of the song asringtone.1. When you find the song that you want, tap > Set as ringtone > Trim theringtone.2. Drag the trim sliders to the part where you want the ringtone to begin andend. For a more precise trimming, tap the left or right arrow buttons. Time markersindicate where you are on the song.3. When you're done trimming, tap Set as.4. Choose whether to set your trimmed song as your Phone ringtone or Contactringtone.You can see your new ringtone in the phone settings. Go to Settings > Sound >Ringtone.Searching for lyrics, music videos, and moreViewing song lyricsLove a song so much that you want to sing along? HTC Phone gives your music anextra kick with song lyrics and cool music visualizations.To save on data usage, you might want to connect to a Wi‑Fi network whendownloading lyrics. In Music settings, select Wi-Fi only.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , select a category, and then tap a song to play.3. Tap to view the lyrics in full screen. Song lyrics appear onscreen if contenthas been successfully downloaded. Want a different visual for your music? Tap and select a scene. If you want thescene to change for every song, select Random.4. To jump to another part of the song, tap the screen to make the progress barappear. Press and drag your finger across the progress bar, or press and hold or .5. To scroll through the lyrics, tap .6. To return to the Now playing screen, press .Not all languages are supported.91 Entertainment
Looking up related music infoSoundHound can find info about the song you're listening to.While a song is playing, tap > Get info.You can look up the lyrics, learn about the artist's tour dates, and more.Finding music videos on YouTubeIt's easy to find music videos of the song you’re listening to on YouTube®.On the Now playing screen, tap > Search > YouTube.Wireless displaySharing on a big screenShare what you're viewing on HTC Phone onto a big screen TV.§If you have a home theater system that's DLNA® compliant, you can share yourphotos, videos, movies, and music from HTC Phone to your TV through yourhome Wi‑Fi network.§Don't have a DLNA setup at home? Don't worry. Just purchase the HTC MediaLink HD and hook it up to your HDMI TV. You can then wirelessly share whatyou're viewing or listening on HTC Phone to your TV.About HTC Media Link HDYou can plug in HTC Media Link HD to any TV with HDMI port, and use it to displaycontent wirelessly to your TV.HTC Media Link HD is sold separately.Easy to set up and useWith just a three-finger swipe, connect HTC Phone to HTC Media Link HD and shareon the big screen.Multitask with dual-screen displayHTC Media Link HD gives you dual-screen display when you're:92 Entertainment
§Viewing a video in Gallery§Playing music in the HTC Music appWhile you're playing media on the big screen, you can multitask and do other thingssuch as take calls, browse the Web, or send email on HTC Phone.Turns your TV into a digital photo frameUse the TV screen saver feature to store up to 30 photos from HTC Phone on HTCMedia Link HD, and display them as a slideshow on your TV.To find out more about setting up HTC Media Link HD and using it with HTC Phone,refer to the HTC Media Link HD user guide.Sharing your media on DLNA devicesIf you'll be using a DLNA compliant TV or audio system, refer to its documentationon how to connect it to your home network.1. Connect HTC Phone to your home network via Wi‑Fi.2. Open the Gallery or Music app.3. Locate the media stored on HTC Phone that you want to share, and then tap it.4. Do one of the following:While viewing photos or videosin GalleryTap the screen to show the controls, and thentap > Select player.While playing music in Music Tap > Select player.5. Choose the device on your network where you want to play the media.6. Once connected to the other device, tap the onscreen controls to controlplayback, adjust the volume, and more.For more information about DLNA, visit www.dlna.org.93 Entertainment
StoragePhone storageTypes of storageWant to know what types of storage you can use for your apps, data, and files?HTC Phone has these storage types:PhonestorageThis storage combines both the internal storage, where apps, email,data, and text messages are stored, and the file storage, where photos,videos, and music files are kept.When you are running out of phone storage, you can free up space byuninstalling apps, changing download settings, or moving files to yourstorage card, your computer, or an online storage service.StoragecardUse a storage card for storing more files. You can also set apps such asCamera to store directly to the card.USBstorageWhen you plug in an external USB storage device (such as a USB flashdrive or an SD card reader), you can view photos and videos stored onthe device right from Gallery and play songs stored on the device inMusic. You can also open PDFs and edit Office documents.You need a special cable to connect HTC Phone and a USB storagedevice. HTC Phone supports USB storage devices (except portable harddrives) up to 64 GB.OnlinestorageIf you're using an online storage account that's accessible from HTCPhone, you can store your files to your online storage.Copying files to or from HTC PhoneYou can copy your music, photos, and other files to HTC Phone.Save and close your files before copying them from your computer to HTC Phone,or vice versa.1. Connect HTC Phone to the computer using the supplied USB cable. You'll seeoptions for viewing or importing files on the computer screen.2. Choose to view files.3. Copy the files from your computer to HTC Phone, or vice versa.4. After copying the files, disconnect HTC Phone from the computer.94 Storage
Making more storage spaceAs you use HTC Phone, you'll accumulate data and fill its storage capacity over time.Here are some tips on how to increase storage space.Run the storage wizardEasily free up space in the phone storage by cleaning the application cache,uninstalling apps, and changing settings so that only the most recent data is kept. InSettings, tap Storage > Make more space.Store files in DropboxPhotos, email attachments, and other documents can be stored in Dropbox andaccessed anywhere you are. You can set the Camera app to automatically uploadphotos to Dropbox.Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.Manage photos and videos§Set the Camera app to automatically upload to a photo-sharing site or onlinestorage. When you reach the storage limit, just delete all your photos. You canretrieve them from the photo-sharing site or online storage when needed.§After taking continuous camera shots, keep only the best shot and discard therest.§After editing a photo or trimming a video, the original file is kept. You can deleteoriginal files or move them to online storage or to your computer.§If you are only sending videos through MMS, use a lower resolution. High-resolution video takes up more space. In Camera settings, tap Video Quality tochange the resolution.Back up apps dataKeep only the most recent data from apps on HTC Phone. You can back up calendars,contacts, and bookmarks or export text messages, and personal dictionaries.Disable some appsApps, even if not used often, may be running in the background and downloadingdata into the phone storage. If the app cannot be removed, you can disable it. InSettings, tap Apps and then swipe to All. Select the app you want to disable, and thentap Disable.95 Storage
Encrypting data on HTC PhoneYou can encrypt data such as your online accounts, settings, music files and othermedia. After encryption, you will need to enter the screen lock PIN or password toturn on your phone and access the data.§Set a lock screen PIN or password before encrypting your data.§Fully charge the battery and keep HTC Phone connected to the power adapterduring encryption. The encryption process takes about an hour.§You cannot undo encryption. If you want to return to an unencrypted phone, youmust perform a factory reset.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.2. Tap Phone storage encryption.3. Tap OK.4. Enter the lock screen PIN or password, and tap Next.5. Tap OK.Encryption starts and the progress is displayed. The phone may restart a few times.When the encryption process is complete, enter your PIN or password.Dropbox integrationUsing Dropbox on HTC PhoneWhen you use Dropbox, you'll have access to your photos, videos, and documents –on HTC Phone, your computer, and your other mobile devices where you haveDropbox access.On HTC Phone, sign in to your Dropbox account so you can:§Enjoy an additional 23GB of free Dropbox storage for two years.§Access your photos and videos that are stored in Dropbox right from Gallery.§No more large attachments when sharing by email. Simply send a link to yourDropbox files.§View and edit Office documents that are stored in Dropbox.§View PDFs that are stored in Dropbox.§Save documents, such as from email attachments, directly to Dropbox.§Check your remaining Dropbox storage space anytime.If the Dropbox app is not preloaded, you can download and install it from GooglePlay.96 Storage
About the additional free Dropbox storage offerThe additional 23GB Dropbox storage is a special offer that's available on HTC phonesusing Android with HTC Sense® 4.0 or later, and have Dropbox preloaded. This offer isavailable to both new and current Dropbox users.§Additional terms and requirements may apply (including a subscription fee) afteryour two year trial ends.§On HTC phones that don't have Dropbox preloaded, you can download it fromGoogle Play and still enjoy Dropbox integration with apps such as Gallery and Mail.§To get the additional 23GB of Dropbox storage free for two years, please sign into your Dropbox account from HTC Phone (and not from your computer orother non-HTC devices), and complete the getting started guide on theDropbox website (www.dropbox.com/gs).§If you don't have a Dropbox account yet, you can create a new account fromHTC Phone or from your computer at www.dropbox.com.§This additional free storage is a one-time offer only. You're eligible to use thisoffer only on one HTC device.Please visit the Dropbox website (http://www.dropbox.com/help/249) for full termsand conditions.Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.Setting up your Dropbox accountTo get your additional 23GB of free Dropbox storage for two years, set up yourDropbox account from HTC Phone, and complete the getting started guide on theDropbox website.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap > Dropbox.3. Follow the onscreen instructions to create or sign in to your account.4. Using your computer's web browser, go to the Dropbox website(www.dropbox.com), log in to your account, and complete the getting startedguide.You can also open the Dropbox app to set up your account.97 Storage
Sharing your photos and videos on DropboxUse Gallery to upload your photos and videos to Dropbox. You can then share the linkto your Dropbox so that your friends can see your photos and videos.Uploading your photos and videos to Dropbox from Gallery1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share.3. Tap Share > Dropbox.4. Select the photos or videos you want to upload, and then tap Next.5. Create or choose a folder in Dropbox, and then tap Upload.To view your uploads right from Gallery, put them under the Photos folder in yourDropbox. Or under Photos, create a folder and upload them to this folder.Auto uploading camera shotsYour new camera shots will be uploaded automatically, if you turned on the CameraUpload feature when you set up your Dropbox account on HTC Phone. If you didn'tturn it on before, you can enable it in the Dropbox settings.HTC Zoe photos have a large file size. Using data services while uploading HTC Zoephotos may be costly. You may want to disable auto upload of camera shots if youhave a limited data plan.1. Open the Dropbox app.2. Tap > Settings > Turn on Camera Upload.3. Choose the type of Internet connection to use for uploading your capturedphotos and videos to Dropbox.4. Tap Turn on.Viewing your uploaded photos and videos from GalleryThe Camera Uploads folder and subfolders under the Photos folder in your Dropboxcan be accessed from Gallery. They will appear as albums.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Albums > Dropbox.3. When you see a message that shows HTC Sense wants to access Dropbox,make sure you tap Allow.4. Tap an album to view the photos and videos in it.98 Storage
Sharing the link to your DropboxShare the link to your entire album of photos and videos that's in your Dropbox soother people can access it.1. From the Gallery Albums screen, tap Dropbox.2. Do one of the following:§Tap an album to share, and then tap Share.§To share a single photo, tap it to display it, then tap it again and tap Share.3. Choose how you want to share the link to this album or photo, such as sendingit by email or posting it to your social networks.You can also use the Dropbox app. Tap that appears next to the album or file,and then tap Share.Sending the links to Dropbox files by emailNo more attaching files to your email. Using the Mail app, you can easily include thelinks to your Dropbox files and send them in your email.1. Open the Mail app.2. If you have several email accounts, switch to an email account you want to use.3. Create a new email message and fill in your recipients, or reply to an email.4. You can:§Tap > Document, and then choose a document type.§Tap > File if you want to choose any file type.5. Press and then tap Dropbox.6. Open the folder that contains the files that you want, and then select the filesyou want to share.7. Tap OK. You'll then see the links to your selected files added to your email message.8. Tap .Keeping your documents in DropboxSaving an Office document to DropboxYou can open an Office document on HTC Phone and save it to your Dropbox.1. Open an Office document, such as one that's attached to an email. If you have more than one Office app installed, select Polaris Office.2. Tap > Save as.99 Storage
3. Enter a new filename.4. Tap > Dropbox.5. Tap Save.Your document will be saved to the Polaris Office folder in the root of your Dropboxfolder.To save the document to another Dropbox folder, tap > Share > Dropbox. Createor select a folder, and then tap Upload.Editing an Office document in DropboxYou can edit a document that's stored in your Dropbox and save your changes.1. Open the Dropbox app.2. Open the folder that contains the document you want.3. Tap the document to open it. If you have more than one Office app installed, select Polaris Office.4. To make changes, tap .5. After editing the document, tap or tap > Save as.Saving a PDF document to DropboxYou can open a PDF document on HTC Phone and save it to your Dropbox.1. Open a PDF document, such as one that's attached to an email. If you have more than one PDF viewing app installed, select PDF Viewer.2. Tap > Save as.3. Enter a new filename.4. Tap > Dropbox, and then tap OK.Your document will be saved to the PDFViewer folder in the root of your Dropboxfolder.To save the PDF to another Dropbox folder, tap > Share > Dropbox. Create orselect a folder, and then tap Upload.100 Storage
Checking your Dropbox storage spaceYou can check how much storage space you still have in your Dropbox before youupload more content.Before your Dropbox storage info appears in Settings, you need to access yourDropbox from an app first (such as Gallery) and allow HTC Sense to access yourDropbox.Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.Under Online storage, you'll see your available Dropbox storage.Unlinking HTC Phone from DropboxYou can remotely unlink HTC Phone from your Dropbox, if you lost your device.1. On your computer's web browser, log in to the Dropbox website(www.dropbox.com).2. On the right-hand corner of any page on the website, click Account. (Or clickyour account name, and then click Settings.)3. Click the Security tab.4. Under My devices, click Unlink to the right of your Android device.5. Click Unlink phone.101 Storage
Sync, backup, and resetOnline syncAdding your social networks, email accounts, and moreYou can sync contacts, calendars, and other information from your social networks,email accounts, and online services on HTC Phone. Depending on the account type,signing in to your online accounts lets you sync updates between HTC Phone and theWeb.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap .3. Tap the account type you want to add.4. Follow the onscreen instructions to enter your account information.In Settings > Accounts & sync, tap the Auto sync On/Off switch to turn automaticsync of all your accounts.Adding one or more Google AccountsSign in to your Google Account to see your Gmail, contacts, and calendars, and to useGoogle apps on HTC Phone. If you add more than one Google Account, you canswitch between accounts in apps such as Gmail and choose which account to back upyour settings to.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap .3. Tap Google.4. Follow the onscreen instructions to sign in to an account or create a newaccount.102 Sync, backup, and reset
Forgot your Google Account password?If you have forgotten your Google Account password, you can try to recover itby going to the Google website.1. On HTC Phone or on your computer, open your web browser2. Go to www.google.com/accounts/recovery.3. Select the option for retrieving your password, and then enter the emailaddress or username that you use to sign in to your Google Account.4. Click Continue.5. Follow the instructions on the screen to reset your password.Syncing your accounts1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. You can:§Tap the Auto sync On/Off switch to turn automatic sync of all youraccounts on or off.§Manually sync individual accounts. Tap an account type (such as forExchange ActiveSync), and then tap the account you want to sync. On theAccount settings screen, tap > Sync now.On the Account settings screen, you can also change the sync settings for anaccount.Removing an accountYou can remove an account to delete all information associated with it from HTCPhone. Removing an account does not delete information from the online serviceitself.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap an account type. If multiple accounts are supported (such as for ExchangeActiveSync), tap the account you want to remove.3. Tap > Remove.Some personal data may be retained by the third-party app after you haveremoved the account from HTC Phone.103 Sync, backup, and reset
BackupWays of backing up files, data, and settingsWorried that you might lose important stuff on HTC Phone? Back up HTC Phonebefore you erase the storage, do a factory reset, or upgrade to a new phone.HTC BackupUse the built-in HTC Backup to back up your accounts, apps, settings, and more tothe cloud so that it will be easier to restore them on HTC Phone (after a factory reset)or newer phone. For details, see Using HTC Backup on page 105.HTC Sync ManagerUse HTC Sync Manager to import music, photos, and videos to your computer. Youcan also sync locally stored contacts, calendar events, bookmarks, documents, andplaylists to your computer. For details, see Syncing your media and data with HTCSync Manager on page 108.Other backup optionsSeparately back up other data and file types if they're not supported in HTC Backupand HTC Sync Manager.In some apps, you can back up data to the storage on the phone so you can easilyrestore them after a factory reset.If you're backing up data to the storage, don't choose to erase the storage whenyou do a factory reset.Messages Back up your text messages to the storage on the phone, or save themas an email attachment.Contacts §Save contacts and other personal data to your online accounts so youcan just sync them when switching to another phone.§If you have locally stored contacts in the People app, export them tothe storage on the phone.Files §Manually copy and paste files by connecting HTC Phone to yourcomputer as a disk drive.§Upload files to online storage and services.Other data §If you added new words to your personal dictionary in the onscreenkeyboard, back up the dictionary to the storage or save it as an emailattachment.§Check the other apps to see if they support exporting data to thestorage.104 Sync, backup, and reset
Using HTC BackupSave the time and frustration of re-creating your personalized HTC Phone experiencewhen you do a factory reset or you lose, damage, or buy another phone. On HTCPhone, use HTC Backup to do a daily backup to the cloud so you can easily restoreyour content and settings next time.HTC Backup uses your Dropbox storage to keep your content and settings. It canback up and restore the following:Home screensettingsThese include your categories and headlines in HTC BlinkFeed,widgets, and Home screen layout.Accounts andpasswordsHTC Backup stores the login credentials for many popular emailand social network accounts, including Exchange ActiveSync,Microsoft Hotmail®, Flickr®, LinkedIn®, and POP/IMAP.Apps and settings These include your web bookmarks, personal dictionary, Wi‑Finetworks, apps you've installed, grid size and sort order in the Allapps view, and over 150 other settings.Backing up HTC PhoneTurn on HTC Backup to do a daily backup of your phone over Wi‑Fi. You can turn iton by selecting Back up phone daily while doing the on-device setup, or enable it inSettings.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset.2. Tap Backup account.3. Choose HTC Account as your backup account, and sign in to your account. §You can sign in with your HTC Account or Facebook® account.§If you're already signed into your Google Account, tap it to change your backupaccount to your HTC Account.4. Sign in to Dropbox, if you haven't done so. Tap Turn on to have your photos and videos uploaded to Dropbox as youcapture them.5. To do a daily backup, make sure the Automatic backup switch is on. You canalso tap Back up now to manually back up your phone anytime. Depending on the amount of content, doing a manual backup may incur additionaldata costs and take a long time. Using a Wi‑Fi connection is recommended.You'll see the most recent backup date and time under Backup history.105 Sync, backup, and reset
Restoring your backup to your phoneIf you've used HTC Backup before, you can restore your backup to HTC Phone, or to anew HTC phone.Depending on the amount of content, restoring your backup to your phone mayincur additional data costs and take a long time. Using a Wi‑Fi connection isrecommended.1. When you turn on a new HTC phone for the first time or after a factory reset,choose to restore content, and then select Restore from HTC Backup on the Setup phone screen.2. Sign in using your HTC Account or Facebook account, depending on which oneyou used to back up your phone before.3. Sign in to the same Dropbox account that you used to back up your phone, andchoose to allow HTC Backup to access Dropbox. Your backup history will thenbe displayed.4. Select a backup, and then tap Next.5. Wait for your settings to be restored.6. Tap OK to continue restoring your previously installed apps.Your apps will be restored in the background, and you can track the progress via anotification in the status bar. Your apps will appear in the All apps view as they areinstalled. The All apps and Home screen shortcuts will be reorganized as in yourbackup after all of your apps have been installed. You may continue using your phonewhile apps are being restored.You can also go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset > Restore from HTCBackup.Before this, make sure you've already signed in to the same account that you usedto back up your phone before. Also, if you've started changing settings or data onyour phone, clear the App data and settings restore option before restoring yourbackup to avoid overwriting them.Backing up your text messagesKeep important text messages by backing them up to the phone storage. You caneasily restore backed up text messages after you've deleted them from your messagelist.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Back up/Restore SMS > Back up > Back up SMS.3. Enter a name for your backup file, and then tap OK.106 Sync, backup, and reset
Restoring text messagesYou can only restore text messages that were exported using the Back up SMSfeature.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Back up/Restore SMS > Restore.3. Choose how you want to restore the messages, and tap Next.4. Tap the backup file to import.5. Tap OK.Backing up text messages by emailYou need to set up your email account in the Mail app.1. On the Messages screen, tap > Back up/Restore SMS.2. Tap Back up > Back up SMS via mail. The backup file is attached to an email.3. Enter your email address.4. Compose your email message, and then send it.To restore your text messages to HTC Phone, open the email message with thebackup file attachment from the Mail app. Tap the attachment to download it first,and then tap it again to open the backup file to import.Backing up your contacts1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts > Import/Export contacts.2. Choose whether to export your contacts to the storage card or phone storage.3. Select an account or type of contacts to export, and then tap OK.Restoring contactsYou can only restore contacts that were backed up using the export option in thePeople app.1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts > Import/Export contacts.2. Choose whether to import contacts from the storage card or phone storage.3. If you have more than one account set up, tap the type for the importedcontacts.107 Sync, backup, and reset
Backing up your personal dictionaryYou can back up new words you’ve added to the predictive text dictionary.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > > Back up to storage or Back up to email. The Back up to storage option only backs up to the storage card.4. When prompted, tap OK.Importing your personal dictionary1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > > Restore from storage.4. When prompted, tap OK.Backing up or restoring tasksYou need to use a storage card to back up or restore tasks.1. Open the Tasks app.2. Go to the list that contains the tasks you want to back up.3. Tap > Import/Export4. Tap Export to SD card to back up your tasks, or tap Import from SD card torestore tasks on your phone.HTC Sync ManagerSyncing your media and data with HTC Sync ManagerWith HTC Sync Manager, enjoy the same rich media whether you're at your computeror on the move. Use it also to store your same contacts, important documents, andother data on both your HTC phone and your computer.HTC Sync Manager supports a computer running a Windows or Mac OS operatingsystem. You can:108 Sync, backup, and reset
§Import music, photos, and videos from your computer and manage them in HTCSync Manager.§Import iTunes® and Windows Media® Player playlists from your computer to HTCSync Manager.§Play music, videos, and playlists using the built-in player.§Copy music, photos, and videos from your phone to your computer.§Sync playlists and information such as contacts, calendar, documents, and webbookmarks between your phone and your computer.§Easily transfer iPhone photos, videos, messages, contacts, and more to yourHTC phone.§Browse and manage files on your phone (Mac® only).Installing HTC Sync Manager on your computer§You need to have administrator rights if you're installing HTC Sync Manager onWindows Vista® or later versions.§If you have problem in installing HTC Sync Manager, close all your runningprograms and reinstall. If the problem persists, temporarily disable your anti-virusprogram and try installing again.1. Download the HTC Sync Manager installer from the HTC support site(www.htc.com/support).2. Launch the installer and follow the onscreen instructions.3. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB cable. HTC SyncManager opens.To check for and download new updates, click > Check for updates in HTCSync Manager.If you disabled your anti-virus program, make sure to turn it back on after installingHTC Sync Manager.Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phoneWith HTC Sync Manager, easily transfer iPhone content such as contacts, messages,wallpaper, camera photos and videos, and more to your HTC phone.You need to use iTunes 9.0 or later to back up your iPhone content first to yourcomputer.1. Connect your iPhone and your HTC phone to your computer.2. In HTC Sync Manager, click More > iPhone TRANSFER.109 Sync, backup, and reset
3. Click the Get Started button.4. If you haven't used iTunes to back up your iPhone content to your computer,please do so before proceeding.5. Click Next.6. Select your iPhone backup file, and then click OK.7. Select the types of content you want to transfer to your HTC phone. You can choose whether to replace the content on your HTC phone with theiPhone content.8. Click Start.Copying or removing media on your phoneEasily copy music, photos, videos, entire albums, or playlists from your computer toyour phone.1. Connect your phone to your computer. Media that have already been copied toyour phone will have the icon on their thumbnails.2. Click an item to select it. Or, to select several media for transfer, do one of thefollowing:Select severalitemsOn Windows: Hold down the CTRL key, and then clickeach item.On Mac: Hold down the COMMAND key, and then clickeach item.Select all items On Windows: Press CTRL + A.On Mac: Press COMMAND + A.Select consecutiveitemsHold down the SHIFT key, and then click the first and lastitems. Or drag your mouse over the range of items youwant to select.3. Click one of these icons:Copy the selected media to your phone.Remove the selected media from your phone.About USB debugging modeHTC Sync Manager needs USB debugging mode enabled on your phone to synccontacts and other data types between your phone and your computer.If you choose to disable this mode, HTC Sync Manager will not sync the data.110 Sync, backup, and reset
Turning USB debugging mode on or offMake sure you've updated HTC Sync Manager to the latest version on yourcomputer.§The first time you connect HTC Phone to your computer, tap Yes whenprompted on HTC Phone to connect to HTC Sync Manager. This turns USBdebugging mode on automatically whenever you connect HTC Phone to yourcomputer.§To turn USB debugging off, go to Settings, tap More > Mobile network sharing,and then clear the HTC Sync Manager option.Syncing data between your phone and your computerSet up HTC Sync Manager to sync contacts, calendar events, and web bookmarksbetween your phone and your Windows or Mac computer.You can sync your phone with the following applications on your computer:§(On Windows) Outlook® 2003, Outlook 2007, or Outlook 2010.§(On Mac) Apple® Contacts, Apple Address Book, Apple Calendar, Apple iCal, orOutlook 2011 for Mac.§Web browser such as Internet Explorer®, Firefox®, or Google Chrome. If you'll besyncing with Firefox or Google Chrome, close the browser first before syncing.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. In HTC Sync Manager, click More.3. Select the check boxes of the data types you want to sync.111 Sync, backup, and reset
4. Click Settings on the different data types to customize sync settings.People §Choose the contacts application on your computer that you wantto sync with your phone.§If there's conflicting contact info on your phone and yourcomputer, choose which data you want to keep.Calendar §Choose the calendar application on your computer that you wantto sync with your phone.§Choose from when you want to start syncing calendar events.§If there are conflicting appointments on your phone and yourcomputer, choose which data you want to keep.Bookmark Choose the web browser on your computer that you want to syncwith your phone.5. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your data and files (such as documents and media) next time, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automatically whenever the phoneconnects.§Only the contact and calendar fields that are available on your phone will besynced.§When you sync bookmarks for the first time, a favorites folder named HTCbookmarks will be created on your computer's web browser. This folder containsthe bookmarks from your phone. If you have bookmarks on your computer thatyou want to sync with your phone, make sure to save them in the HTC bookmarksfolder.If there are conflicting bookmarks on your phone and your computer, HTC SyncManager always keeps the bookmarks from your computer.Syncing music, photos, and videos from your phone to your computerSet HTC Sync Manager to import all music, photos, and videos from your phone toyour computer.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which one you want to import from.112 Sync, backup, and reset
3. Do any of the following:§To copy music from your phone to your computer, click Music > SETTINGS,and then select Copy all music from phone.§To copy photos and videos from your phone to your computer, clickGallery > SETTINGS, and then select Automatically import photos andvideos from phone.Select Delete photos and videos from phone after importing if you want to removethe photos and videos from your phone after the transfer.4. Click Apply (Windows only).5. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your media and other items (such as documents and data) next time, clickMore > SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automatically whenever thephone connects.Syncing playlists between your phone and your computerSet HTC Sync Manager to sync iTunes and Windows Media Player playlists betweenyour phone and your computer.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which one you want to sync with yourcomputer.3. Click Music > SETTINGS, and then select Sync selected playlist.4. Select the playlists you want to sync.5. Click Apply (Windows only).6. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your playlists and other items (such as documents, media files, and data)next time, click More > SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automaticallywhenever the phone connects.Syncing documents from your computer to your phone1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which storage you want to importdocuments to.3. Click Files > SYNC SETTINGS.4. Select the Sync documents from the following locations on this computeroption.113 Sync, backup, and reset
5. Click Add, and then choose the folder that contains the documents you want tosync to your phone. You can add several folders.6. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your documents and other items next time, click More > SYNC SETTINGS,and then select Sync automatically whenever the phone connects.Getting helpTo find out more about using HTC Sync Manager, download the user guide PDF fromthe HTC support site (www.htc.com/support). Or open the Help that comes with thesoftware.On Windows, click in HTC Sync Manager, and then click Help.ResetRestarting HTC Phone (Soft reset)If HTC Phone is running slower than normal, is unresponsive, or has an app that is notperforming properly, try rebooting and see if that helps solve the problem.1. If the display is off, press the POWER button to turn it back on. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.2. Press and hold the POWER button, and then tap Restart.3. When asked to confirm, tap Restart.If these steps don't work, you can remove and reinstall the battery, and then turnHTC Phone on to restart it.HTC Phone not responding?If HTC Phone does not respond when you touch the screen or press thebuttons, you can still restart it.Press and hold the POWER button for at least 10 seconds. HTC Phone thenrestarts.114 Sync, backup, and reset
Resetting HTC Phone (Hard reset)If HTC Phone has a persistent problem that cannot be solved, you can perform afactory reset (also called a hard reset or master reset). A factory reset reverts thephone back to its initial state — the state before you turned on the phone for the firsttime.The following will be removed from the phone when you do a factory reset:§Your Google Account§All accounts you've added in Settings > Accounts & sync and the dataassociated with these accounts§Personal data that you've created or synced to the phone such as your profile,contacts, messages, email, calendar events, and more§System and application data and settings§Downloaded appsFiles such as your music, photos, videos, and documents will also be deleted if youselect the Erase all data option.Be sure to back up any data and files you want to keep before you do a factory reset.A factory reset may not permanently erase all data from your phone, includingpersonal information.Performing a factory reset from settings1. Go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset.2. Tap Reset phone.3. If you also want to delete media and other data on HTC Phone, select Erase alldata.4. Tap OK.Performing a factory reset using hardware buttonsIf you can’t turn HTC Phone on or access settings, you can still perform a factory resetby using the hardware buttons on HTC Phone.1. Remove the battery, wait for a few seconds, then reinsert the battery.2. Press and hold the VOLUME DOWN button, and then press and hold thePOWER button.3. Wait for the screen with the three Android images to appear, and then releasethe POWER and VOLUME DOWN buttons.4. Press VOLUME DOWN to select FACTORY RESET, and then press the POWERbutton.115 Sync, backup, and reset
PeopleYour contacts listThe People app lists all contacts you've stored on HTC Phone and from onlineaccounts you're logged in to. Use the People app to easily manage communicationswith people that matter to you.1. Open the People app. 2. On your contacts list, you can:§View your profile and edit your contact information.§Create, edit, find, or send contacts.§See status updates.§Tap a contact photo to find ways to quickly connect with the contact.§See a notification icon when a contact has sent you new messages.To sort your contacts by their first or last name, tap > Settings > Sort contact list.Filtering your contacts listWhen your contacts list gets long, you can choose which contact accounts to show.1. On the People tab, tap .2. Choose the accounts that contain the contacts you want to display.3. Press .116 People
Finding peopleSearch for contacts stored on HTC Phone, your company directory if you have anExchange ActiveSync account, or social networks you've signed into.1. Open the People app.2. On the People tab, you can:§Find people in your contacts list. Tap the Search people box, and then enterthe first few letters of the contact name.§Find people on your company directory. Tap the Search people box, enterthe first few letters of the contact name, and then tap Search contacts inyour Company Directory.§Search for people you know on your social networks. Tap > Settings >Find people you know on, and then select the social networks you'resigned in to. The People app then uploads your contacts to the selectedsocial networks to help you find friends.Aside from searching for a contact by name, you can search using a contact's emailaddress or company name. On the People tab, tap > Settings > Search contactsby, and then choose a search criteria.Setting up your profileStore your personal contact information to easily send it to other people.1. Do one of the following:§On the People tab, tap My profile.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.Tap the Me tile (or your contact name, if you've already signed in to yourGoogle account), and then tap Me or your contact name again.2. Tap Edit my contact card.3. Enter or edit your name and contact details.4. Tap (or the current photo) to change your contact photo.5. Tap Save.Aside from your contact details, your profile also shows updates you've posted onyour social networks and your online photo albums.117 People
Adding a new contact1. On the People tab, tap .2. Tap the Name field, and then enter the contact name. Tap if you want to separately enter the contact's first, middle, and last name.Depending on the contact type, you may also be able to add other info such as aname suffix (for example, "Jr.").3. Select the Contact type. This determines which account the contact will syncwith. Some fields may not be available when you’re adding contacts to a SIM card.4. Enter the contact information in the fields provided.5. Tap Save.When you tap the added contact on your contacts list, you'll see the contactinformation and your exchange of messages and calls. Depending on the informationthat you've added to the contact (such as an email address), you'll also be able to seethe contact's social network updates, events, and photos.How do I add an extension number to a contact number?While creating a new contact in People, you can add an extension number totheir number so you can skip the voice prompts when calling.1. After entering the number of the main line, do one of the following:§Tap P(,) to insert a pause before the extension number is dialedautomatically. To make the pause longer, tap P(,) again.§Tap W(;) to be prompted to confirm the extension number.2. Enter the extension number.118 People
Editing a contact’s informationSocial network contacts cannot be edited.1. On the People tab, press and hold the contact, and then tap Edit contact.2. Enter the new information.3. Tap Save.Getting in touch with a contact1. Open the People app.2. Tap a contact's photo (not the name), and then choose how you want to get intouch with that contact. For more ways of getting in touch with your contact, tap an icon below the contactphoto.Importing or copying contactsImporting contacts from your SIM card1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts.2. Tap Import/Export contacts > Import from SIM card.3. If you have a Google or Exchange ActiveSync account, tap the type for theimported contacts.4. Select the contacts you want to import.5. Tap Save.119 People
Importing a contact from an Exchange ActiveSync account1. On the People tab, enter the contact's name or email address in the search box.2. Tap Search contacts in your Company Directory.3. Tap the name of the contact you want copied to HTC Phone.4. Tap to import the contact.Copying contacts from one account to another1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts.2. Tap Copy contacts, and then choose a contact type or online account to copyfrom. Contacts from your social network accounts may not be copied.3. Select a contact type or account you want to save to.Merging contact informationAvoid duplicate entries by merging contact information from different sources, suchas your social network accounts, into one contact.Accepting contact link suggestionsWhen HTC Phone finds contacts that can be merged, you’ll see a link notificationwhen you open the People app.1. On the People tab, tap the Link suggestion notification when available. You'll seea list of suggested contacts to merge.2. Choose the contacts you want to merge.If you don't want to receive contact link suggestions, on the People tab, tap >Settings. Clear the Suggest contact link option.Manually merging contact information1. On the People tab, tap the name of the contact (not the icon or photo) youwant to link.2. Tap > Link.3. You can:§Under Suggest links, tap to link the contact to an account.§Under Add contact, tap one of the options to link to another contact.120 People
Breaking the link1. On the People tab, tap the name of the contact (not the icon or photo) whoselink you want to break.2. Tap > Link.3. Under the Linked contacts section, tap beside an account to break thelink.Sending contact information1. On the People tab, do one of the following:To send Do thisSomeone's contactinformationPress and hold the name of the contact (not the iconor photo), and then tap Send contact as vCard.Your contactinformationPress and hold My profile, and then tap Send myprofile.2. Choose how you want to send the vCard.3. Select the type of information you want to send.4. Tap Send.Sending multiple contact cards1. On the People tab, tap > Send contacts.2. Select the contacts whose contact information you want to share3. Tap Send.4. Choose how you want to send the contact cards.Contact groupsOrganize your friends, family, and colleagues into groups so you can quickly send amessage or email to everyone in the group. We’ve also set up the Frequent group toautomatically add the contacts you dial or get calls from the most.HTC Phone also syncs with groups you've created in your Google Account.Creating a group1. On the Groups tab, tap .2. Enter a name for the group, and then tap > Add contact to group.121 People
3. Select the contacts you want to add, and then tap Save.4. When your group is complete, tap Save.Sending a message or email to a groupYou will be charged for each text message sent. For example, if you send amessage to a group of five people, you will be charged for five messages.1. On the Groups tab, tap the group you want to send a message or email to.2. Go to the Group action tab.3. Choose if you want to send a group message or group email.Editing a group1. On the Groups tab, press and hold the group, and then tap Edit group.2. You can:§Change the group name. You can only change the name for groups thatyou have created.§Add more contacts to the group. Tap > Add contact to group.§Rearrange the group members. Press and hold at the end of thecontact’s name, and then drag it to its new position.§Select the contacts you want to remove from the group.3. Tap Save.Managing your contact groups1. On the Groups tab, tap > Edit groups.2. You can:§Rearrange the contact groups. Press and hold at the end of the groupname, and then drag it to its new position.§Select the contact groups you want to remove.3. Tap Save.122 People
EmailMailChecking your mailThe Mail app is where you read, send, and organize email messages from one or moreemail accounts that you’ve set up on HTC Phone.1. Open the Mail app. The inbox of one of your email accounts appears.2. Do any of the following:§Tap an email message to read.§To switch between email accounts, tap the bar that shows the current emailaccount, and then tap another account.§To display email messages in another mail folder, tap > Folder, and thentap the folder you want to view.§To view email messages from all your accounts, tap the bar that shows thecurrent email account, and then tap All accounts.§To change an email account's settings, select the account and then tap >Settings.123 Email
Organizing your inboxDo you have a big pile of email messages in your inbox? Organize your emailmessages into tabs and quickly find the messages you want.1. Switch to the email account that you want to use.2. In the inbox, tap > Filters.3. Select the tabs you want to add to the inbox, and then tap Done.4. Swipe to the added tab to check your email messages.Sending an email message1. Open the Mail app.2. Switch to the email account that you want to use.3. Tap .4. Fill in one or more recipients. Want to loop in more recipients in a carbon copy (Cc) or blind carbon copy (Bcc)of the email message? Tap > Show Cc/Bcc.5. Enter the subject, and then compose your message.6. Do any of the following:§Add an attachment. Tap and then choose what you want to attach.§Set the priority for an important message. Tap > Set priority.7. Tap . To save the email as draft and send it later, tap > Save. Or press .Resuming a draft email message1. In an email account inbox, tap > Folder > Drafts.2. Tap the message.3. When you finish editing the message, tap .Reading and replying to an email message1. Open the Mail app.2. Switch to the email account you want to use.124 Email
3. In the email account inbox, tap the email message or conversation you want toread. If you want to read a particular message inside an email conversation, tap toexpand the conversation, and then tap the email message.4. Tap Reply or Reply All. Tap for more actions for the email.Saving an email message in the Tasks appSave an email message in your Tasks list so you can remind yourself when to reply.1. In an email account inbox, press and hold the email message, and then tap Saveas task.2. Enter the task details, and then tap Save.Managing email messagesThe Mail app provides easy ways to sort, move, or delete your email messages.Sorting email messagesCustomize how you sort your email messages.In an email account inbox, tap > Sort, and select from the sorting options.To quickly scroll through the message list based on the sorting option you'veselected, press and hold two fingers on any email message, and then drag upwardor downward.Moving email messages to another folder1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Select the email messages you want to move. To select all, select one email message first, and then tap > Select all.3. Tap Move to, and then select a folder.Deleting email messages1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Select the email messages you want to delete. To select all, select one email message first, and then tap > Select all.3. Tap Delete.125 Email
Searching email messages1. Tap .2. If you want to refine or filter your search, tap , check the search options, andthen tap OK. For example, you can focus the search on a part of an email orfilter email messages that have attachments or tagged as high priority.3. In the search box, enter the words you want to search for.4. Tap a result to open the email message.Searching for emails from a contactDo you remember the sender, but can't find a particular email from him or her?1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Press and hold an email message from a contact.3. Tap Search the mail from the sender. A list of email messages from that contactappears.Working with Exchange ActiveSync emailEnjoy the powerful email features of Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync right on HTCPhone. Flag important email messages, set your out of the office reply, or send invitesto your next team meeting while you're on the go.Flagging an email1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. While viewing the inbox, tap the flag icon that appears beside an email messageor conversation. To flag an email message inside a conversation, tap to expand the conversation,and then tap the flag icon of the email message.Setting your Out of the office status1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. Tap > Out of the office.3. Tap your current office status, and then select Out of the office.4. Set the dates and times.5. Enter the auto-reply message.6. If you want a different auto-reply message for recipients outside yourorganization, tap the Send replies to external senders option, and then enter theauto-reply message in the box.7. Tap Save.126 Email
Sending a meeting request1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. Tap > New meeting invitation.3. Enter the meeting details.4. Tap Save. Or tap Send if you've invited people to the meeting.Adding an email accountSet up additional email accounts such as another Microsoft Exchange ActiveSyncaccount or an account from a Web-based email service or email provider.If you're adding a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or a POP3/IMAP email account,ask your network administrator or email service provider for additional emailsettings that you may need.1. Open the Mail app.2. Tap > Add account.3. Select an email account type from the list of email providers. Otherwise, tapOther (POP3/IMAP).4. Enter the email address and password for your email account, and then tapNext. Some email accounts allow you to set the sync schedule. By default, HTC Phoneuses Smart Sync to save battery power. See What is Smart Sync? on page 127.5. Enter a name for your email account, and then tap Finish setup.What is Smart Sync?Smart Sync automatically extends the sync time the longer the Mail app is inactive.Set your email account to Smart Sync when you don't need to check new emailmessages frequently. Smart Sync helps save battery power.If you want to receive email messages as they arrive, select another peak and off-peaksync schedule in the email account's Sync, Send & Receive settings.127 Email
Travel and mapsLocation settingsTurning location services on or offIn order to find your location on HTC Phone, you need to enable location sources.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Location.2. Select or clear the location sources you want to turn on or off.HTC CarOn the road with HTC CarNow when you drive, you can easily use HTC Phone to reach your destination, keepyou entertained, and help you stay in touch with the people that matter to you.Access music, phone calls, maps, and more with HTC Car.1. HTC Car instantly launches when you mount HTC Phone in HTC Car Kit.2. Swipe up or down to see what you can do in HTC Car.When using HTC Car, return to the main screen from any other screen by pressing.When you remove HTC Phone from HTC Car Kit, HTC Car will automatically exit.You can also manually close HTC Car by pressing from the main screen.Playing music in HTC Car1. In HTC Car, tap Music.2. Do one of the following:§Tap to browse by category.§Tap to search your collection.3. Tap an album, song, or playlist to listen to it.128 Travel and maps
Listening to Internet radio with TuneInRight from HTC Car, enjoy listening to Internet radio stations with TuneIn.1. In HTC Car, tap Internet Radio.2. Do one of the following:§Browse for available stations by category.§Tap to enter and search for stations by keyword such as artist name ortopic.3. Tap a station to start listening to it.To ensure smooth playback, TuneIn preloads audio data (buffering) on HTC Phonebefore playing your selected station. To set the amount of audio to preload, tap and choose a buffer time.Finding your way with HTC CarHTC Car helps you to find your way to where you want to go. Easily find nearbyrestaurants and more on your weekends. HTC Car gives you the information you needso you won't get lost.Exploring what's around youFeeling adventurous? With just a few taps, you can find interesting places around youquickly.1. In HTC Car, tap Navigation.2. Do one of the following:§Tap a category.§Tap to enter your own search keywords.Finding places in HTC Car1. In HTC Car, tap Navigation.2. Do one of the following:Search for a new place 1. Tap .2. Type what you are looking for, and tap.Look up a previously searchedplaceTap Previous.Get directions for an upcomingevent in Calendar1. Tap Appointments.2. Tap an upcoming appointment from thelist.3. Tap an item to go to the map.129 Travel and maps
Staying connected to your contactsJust because you're driving doesn't mean you have to be isolated from the rest of theworld. With HTC Car, you can take calls, make calls, and get notifications.Handling incoming calls in HTC CarWhen you receive an incoming call, you can easily answer or decline.Tap Answer or Decline.Making phone calls in HTC Car§Tap Dialer to open the dialpad.§Tap People and then browse a category or search by entering a name.Customizing HTC Car§To change the default behavior of HTC Car, tap Settings.§To add more apps to HTC Car, tap and select an app.130 Travel and maps
Google Play and other appsGetting appsGetting apps from Google PlayGoogle Play is the place to go to find new apps for HTC Phone. Choose from a widevariety of free and paid apps ranging from productivity apps, entertainment, togames.§A Google Wallet™ payment service is required to purchase a paid app. You will beasked to confirm method of payment when you purchase an app.§The name of the Play Store app may differ depending on your region.§The ability to purchase apps varies by region.Finding and installing an appWhen you install apps and use them on HTC Phone, they may require access to yourpersonal information or access to certain functions or settings. Download and installonly apps that you trust.Be cautious when downloading apps that have access to functions or a significantamount of your data on HTC Phone. You’re responsible for the results of usingdownloaded apps.1. Open the Play Store app.2. Browse or search for an app.3. When you find the app that you like, tap it and read its description and userreviews.4. To download or purchase the app, tap Install (for free apps) or the price button(for paid apps).5. Tap Accept. Apps sometimes get updated with improvements or bug fixes. To automaticallydownload updates, after installing tap > Auto-update. Or if you downloaded anapp when connected to a Wi‑Fi network, tap OK when asked to auto-update appswhen on Wi‑Fi.To open the app, go to the All apps view and tap the app.131 Google Play and other apps
Restoring apps from Google PlayUpgraded to a new phone, replaced a lost one, or performed a factory reset? Restoreapps that were downloaded previously.1. Open the Play Store app.2. Tap > My apps.3. Swipe to All tab, and then tap the app you want to restore.4. Install the app.For more details, refer to the Google Play help.Downloading apps from the webYou can download apps directly from websites.Apps downloaded from websites can be from unknown sources. To protect HTCPhone and your personal data, we strongly recommend that you only downloadfrom websites you trust.1. Open your web browser, then go to the website where you can download theapp you want.2. Follow the website's download instructions for the app.Before you can install the downloaded app, make sure that you've set HTC Phone toallow installation of third-party apps in Settings > Security > Unknown sources.After installing the app, make sure to go back to Settings > Security and clear theUnknown sources option. This can help protect your phone from installing otherinsecure apps from the Web.Uninstalling an appIf you no longer need an app that you've downloaded and installed, you can easilyuninstall it.Most of the preloaded apps cannot be uninstalled.From the All apps view, press and hold the app you want to remove, and then drag itto Uninstall.If you purchased an app in Play Store, you can uninstall it for a refund within alimited time. To know more about the refund policy for paid apps, refer to theGoogle Play help.132 Google Play and other apps
Essential appsUsing the ClockGet more from the Clock app than just the regular date and time. Use HTC Phone as aworld clock to see the date and time in cities across the globe. You can also setalarms or track your time using the stopwatch or timer.Setting the date and time manually1. Open the Clock app.2. On the World Clock tab, tap > Local time settings.3. Clear Automatic date & time and Automatic time zone, and then set the timezone, date, and time as required.Setting an alarmYou can set up one or more alarms.1. Open the Clock app.2. On the Alarms tab, select the check box of an alarm and then tap that alarm.3. Under Set alarm, use the scroll wheels to set the alarm time.4. If you want the alarm for multiple days, tap Repeat.5. Tap Done.§To turn off an alarm, clear the check box of that alarm.§If you need to set more than three alarms, tap .Checking WeatherUse the Weather app and widget to check the current weather and weather forecastsfor the next few days. In addition to your current location, you can view weatherforecasts for other cities around the globe.1. Open the Weather app. You'll see the weather where you are.2. Swipe to the Hourly and Forecast tabs to view the forecasts in your currentlocation.3. To check the weather in other cities, tap , and then select the city you want.4. To add more cities, tap and then enter the location.Your settings in the Weather app also control the weather information that is shownin the Clock and Calendar.133 Google Play and other apps
Viewing the CalendarUse the Calendar app to view your events, meetings, and appointments. If you'vesigned into your online accounts, related events will also appear in Calendar.1. Open the Calendar app.2. Tap , and then choose a calendar view.In any calendar view, return to the current date by tapping the today button beside.Month viewIn month view, you will see markers on days that have events. Upcoming events forthe day are also shown at the bottom of the screen.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later months.§Tap a day to view the events for that day.§Press and hold a day to see more options.Day and agenda viewsDay view shows your day's schedule and weather forecast for the next few days, whileagenda view gives a quick glance of all your day's events.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later days.§Tap an event to view its details.§If the event is a contact's birthday or anniversary, tap it to send a greeting.Need to see the event time in another time zone? In Day view, tap > Select 2ndtime zone > Choose location, and then enter the city name.Week viewWeek view displays a chart of the events of one week.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later weeks.§Tap an event (shown as colored blocks) to view its details.134 Google Play and other apps
Scheduling or editing an eventYou can create or edit events on HTC Phone, and also sync events with your Googleor Exchange ActiveSync calendars.Editing events is not supported for all accounts.1. Open the Calendar app.2. On any Calendar view, do one of the following:Create an event Tap . Tap , and then select the calendar you will add theevent to.Edit an event View an event, and then tap .3. Enter and set the event details.4. To invite contacts from your Google or Exchange ActiveSync account, tap .5. Tap Save. If you've invited people to the event, tap Send or Send update.Checking your schedule for an eventAvoid juggling multiple meetings at the same time. In Calendar, you can check yourappointments to see if a new event would conflict with your schedule.1. When creating or editing an event, tap Check calendar.2. Press and hold the event box, and then drag it to an available time slot.3. Drag the top and bottom nodes to adjust the event's time duration. You'll see amessage if there are conflicts with other scheduled events.4. Tap Done to return to the event screen, and then save your event.Choosing which calendars to show1. In any calendar view, tap > Accounts (All calendars) or Accounts (Multi-calendar).2. Select or clear an account you wish to show or hide. If you have multiple calendars under an online account, tap to select theitems to include.§Calendars are synced on HTC Phone, even if they are hidden.§You can also show or hide tasks that you've created on HTC Phone.135 Google Play and other apps
Why aren’t my calendar events showing up?If you can't find events from your email accounts or social networks inCalendar, check whether the Calendar sync is turned on in Settings.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap an account type. If multiple accounts are supported (such asExchange ActiveSync), tap the account you want to sync.3. Select Calendar, and then tap > Sync now.Sharing an eventYou can share a calendar event as a vCalendar using Bluetooth or by sending it as afile attachment with your email or message.1. Do one of the following:§While viewing an event, tap > Forward.§In day, agenda or week view, press and hold an event and then tapForward.2. Choose how you want to send the event.Accepting or declining a meeting invitationSwitch to Invites view to see meeting invitations which you have not yet accepted ordeclined.You must set up an Exchange ActiveSync account to receive meeting invitations inCalendar.1. Open the Calendar app.2. Tap > Invites, and then tap a meeting invitation.3. Accept, decline, or tentatively accept the invitation, or propose a new time. Tap to choose from more options, such as moving the invitation to a folder.136 Google Play and other apps
Dismissing or snoozing event remindersIf you have set at least one reminder for an event, the upcoming event icon willappear in the notifications area of the status bar to remind you.1. Slide the Notifications panel open.2. If the notification shows that there are multiple reminders, tap it to see all thereminders. You can then choose to snooze or dismiss them.3. If you see a single event notification, spread your two fingers on the notificationto expand it. You can then:§Tap Snooze or Dismiss. Or drag the notification left or right to dismiss it.§Tap Send mail to send a quick response to the meeting attendees.To edit the preset quick responses or add your own, open Calendar, and then tap > Settings > Quick response.If you don't want to dismiss or snooze the calendar reminders, press from theNotifications panel to keep them pending in the notifications area of the status bar.Fun appsWatching videos on YouTubeUse the YouTube app to check out what’s popular on the online video-sharingwebsite.1. Open the YouTube app.2. Browse or search for a video.3. When you find the video that you like, tap it.4. While watching a video, you can:§Turn HTC Phone sideways to watch the video in full screen.§Tap the video screen to pause or to resume playback, or drag the slider tojump to a different part of the video.§Scroll down the video information panel to see the description, relatedvideos, or comments from other viewers.Want to watch the video at a later time instead? Tap > Add to > Watch later. Youcan access the video again from your account profile's Watch later list.Tap the YouTube icon to return to the previous screen.137 Google Play and other apps
Preloading videosSet the YouTube app to preload videos so that you can watch them withoutinterruptions. Videos are preloaded when HTC Phone is being charged and isconnected to a Wi-Fi network.For more information about preloading videos, refer to the YouTube help.1. In the YouTube app, tap > Settings > Preloading.2. Select what type of videos to preload.The videos are preloading when appears on Watch later screen or on the channelyou subscribed to. The icon changes to when the videos are ready to watch.Clearing the search history1. In the YouTube app, tap > Settings.2. Tap Search > Clear search history.Listening to FM RadioTune in and listen to your favorite radio stations using the FM Radio app.You need to connect a headset first to the audio jack of HTC Phone to use FMRadio. FM Radio uses the stereo headset as the FM radio antenna.1. Open the FM Radio app. The first time you open FM Radio, it scans for local FM stations that you canlisten to.2. While you're listening to an FM station, you can:§Tap or to go to the next or previous station.§Drag the slider to tune in to a frequency on the FM band. To fine tune theradio frequency, tap or .§Tap to mark a radio station as a favorite. To see your other favorites andpreset stations, tap .3. To turn off FM Radio, tap .138 Google Play and other apps
Switching to Kid ModeWorried that your kids might wander off to inappropriate web sites or mess with yourimportant work files while using HTC Phone? Use Kid Mode to let your children enjoyfun and age-appropriate games and more, while helping to protect your importantdata from accidental deletion. To learn more about Kid Mode, visit www.zoodles.com.1. Open the Kid Mode app. The first time you use Kid Mode, you need to create or sign in to your Zoodles™account.2. On the Zoodles main screen, tap the profile that you created for your child.3. Tap the icons to access games and apps, play recorded storybook readings, andmore.How can I allow my child to access an app in Kid Mode?When in Kid Mode, you can choose which apps on HTC Phone your child willhave access to.1. On the Zoodles main screen, tap Parent Dashboard. You can also go to Parent Dashboard from Settings > Security > Kid Mode.2. Confirm your action with your child lock setting (either by drawing theletter Z on the screen or by entering the child's birth year).3. Under Basic Features, tap Apps. You'll see a list of apps installed on HTCPhone.4. Tap the check option beside the app that you want your child to be ableto use in Zoodles.Want to receive or block incoming calls while in Kid Mode? Under BasicFeatures, tap Settings and then select or clear the Allow incoming callscheck option.Closing Kid ModeOn the Zoodles main screen, tap and then confirm your action with your child locksetting (either by drawing the letter Z on the screen or by entering the child's birthyear).139 Google Play and other apps
Productivity appsKeeping track of your tasksUse the Tasks app to organize and track to do and task lists. Create tasks on yourphone or sync them with your Google and Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts.You can also see your tasks in Calendar.Creating a task1. Open the Tasks app.2. To select the task account where you want to create the task, tap .3. Tap , and then enter the task details. Tasks created under My tasks can be linked to a contact (tap ) or to a location(tap ).4. Tap Save.Managing tasks1. Go to the list that contains the task.2. In the list of tasks, you can:Mark a taskcompleteTap the check box next to the task. To view completedtasks, tap > View completed.Sort tasks 1. Tap > Sort.2. Select how you want to sort the tasks.Edit a task 1. Tap the task that you want to edit, and then tap Edit.2. Edit the task details, and then tap Save.Delete a task Press and hold the task that you want to delete, and thentap Delete.Postpone a task 1. Press and hold a task, and then tap Postpone.2. Choose how long you want to postpone the task.Move a task toanother listYou can only move the task to another list that is under thesame account.1. Press and hold the task that you want to move, and thentap Move to.2. Tap the task list where you want the task to appear.140 Google Play and other apps
Managing task lists1. In the Tasks app, tap > Manage lists.2. From here, you can:Show tasks To show all tasks under a list, tap a task list.Create a list Tap , and then choose an account for the list.Lists can't be created for Microsoft Exchange ActiveSyncaccounts.Rename a list 1. Tap at the right of a list, and then tap Rename.2. Enter a new name for the list, and then tap OK.Delete a list 1. Tap at the right of a list, and then tap Delete.2. Tap OK.You cannot delete a main list.Taking notesJot down ideas, lists, and agendas in Scribble and make it easy to remember, organize,and share them.There are ready-to-use templates to get you started. You can compile photos, text,audio clips, and more in one note. You can even highlight text or add hand-drawnillustrations to emphasize the most important parts.Some notes even allow you to cross off items in a list or log your activities in acalendar. If you're taking notes during a meeting, you can conveniently link them tothe meeting event saved in Calendar.Composing a note1. Open the Scribble app.2. Tap and choose a template.3. Tap the area that says Title text here and type in a note title.4. Use the editing tools to enter text, change the pen characteristics, draw or writewith your finger, record audio, and more.5. Tap to take a photo, and then choose an outline. To customize the outline,tap and trace the outline.6. Tap to insert a photo from Gallery, change the template, link the note to anevent, and more.141 Google Play and other apps
7. Tap and hold an element to move, resize, or delete it. You can also use twofingers to rotate a photo.8. Press to save the note.Inserting an illustration in a noteCommunicate ideas better by adding illustrations and interesting visuals in your note.1. Open a note in the Scribble app.2. Tap and choose a pen stroke, color, and thickness. You can highlight orencircle important parts or draw figures.3. Tap and choose a color and thickness, and then draw figures or write text.The drawing is inserted at the cursor and is the same size as the surroundingtext.4. Press and hold a drawing to move, resize, or delete it. You can also use twofingers to rotate an image.Grouping notes into a notebook1. Open the Scribble app.2. Tap > Group.3. Select the notes that you want to group, and tap Group.4. Tap OK.5. Enter a notebook name, and tap OK. The number of notes in a notebook is displayed next to the notebook name onthe Scribble main screen.To group notes into an existing notebook, tap > Move to. Select the notes you wantto group, and then select the notebook.To create a new notebook, tap > New notebook on the Scribble main screen.Sharing a noteWith a note opened, tap and choose an option to share the note.Attachment Attach a file to an email. When opened in the Scribble app, the recipientcan edit the note.Hyperlink Save the note using Google Drive™ online storage service and send alink. The recipient can view the note on a web browser or edit it in theScribble app.142 Google Play and other apps
Image Insert the note as .JPG file. Share it through email or on a socialnetwork.Plain text Extract the text in a note and edit it before sharing.You can also share notes as multiple image files. On the Scribble main screen, tap > Share > Image and select the notes and notebooks you want to share.Recording voice clipsUse Voice Recorder to capture information during lectures, interviews, or even tocreate your own audio log.1. Open the Voice Recorder app.2. Hold the microphone near the sound source.3. Tap to start recording a voice clip. Voice Recorder can run in the background while you do other things on HTCPhone, except when you open other apps that also use audio functions.4. Tap to stop recording.To play back the voice clip, tap .To see your recorded voice clips, tap . Press and hold a voice clip to see optionsfor sharing, setting it as a ringtone, and more.143 Google Play and other apps
Internet connectionsData connectionWhen you turn on HTC Phone for the first time, it will be automatically set up to useyour mobile operator's data connection (if the microSIM card is inserted).Turning the data connection on or offTurning your data connection off saves battery life and money on data charges.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Mobile data tile to turn the data connection on and off.If you don’t have the data connection turned on and you’re also not connected to aWi‑Fi network, you won’t receive automatic updates to your email, social networkaccounts, and other synced information.Adding a new access pointYou can add a new Access Point Name (APN) when roaming or if you have difficultyestablishing a data connection. APNs connect HTC Phone to data networks forservices such as mobile web browsing.Before you add another data connection, have the access point name and settingsfrom your mobile operator ready (including username and password if required).1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Mobile data is off, tap the Mobile data tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Mobile network settings screen opens.4. Tap Access point names.5. On the APNs screen, tap > New APN.6. Enter the APN settings.7. Tap > Save.8. Select the new APN on the APNs screen.144 Internet connections
Managing your data usageIf you're on a limited data allowance, it's important to keep track of the activities andapps that usually send and receive data, such as browsing the web, syncing onlineaccounts, and sending email or sharing status updates.Here are some other examples:§Streaming web videos and music§Tuning in to Internet radio§Playing online games§Downloading apps, maps, and files§Refreshing apps to update info and feeds§Uploading and backing up your files to your online storage account§Using HTC Phone as a Wi-Fi Hotspot§Sharing your mobile data connection by USB tetheringTo help you save on data usage, connect to a Wi‑Fi network whenever possible andset your online accounts and emails to sync less frequently.Turning data roaming on or offConnect to your mobile operator’s partner networks and access data services whenyou’re out of your mobile operator’s coverage area.Using data services while roaming may be costly. Check with your mobile operatorfor data roaming rates before you use data roaming.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Mobile data is off, tap the Mobile data tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Mobile network settings screen opens.4. Select or clear the Data roaming option.Select the Data roaming sound option if you’d like HTC Phone to play a sound soyou’ll know when it’s connecting to a roaming network.Keeping track of your data usageMonitor your data usage to help prevent going over your monthly data allowance.Data usage measured by HTC Phone may differ from, and be less than, your actualdata usage.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Usage.145 Internet connections
3. On the Mobile tab, select Limit mobile data usage and tap OK to automaticallydisable your data connection when you reach the set limit.4. Drag the upper LIMIT line to set your monthly data limit.5. Select Alert me about data usage, and then drag the lower ALERT line to set analert before you reach your monthly data limit.6. Tap Reset data usage, and then set the day of the month when your usagecycle resets. This date is usually the start of your monthly billing cycle.7. Drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you've used during aparticular time interval.If you're connecting HTC Phone to another portable Wi‑Fi hotspot, tap > Mobilehotspots to restrict background data from downloading that may incur extra datafees.Viewing the data usage of apps1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Usage.3. On the Mobile tab, drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you'veused during a particular time interval.4. Scroll down the screen to see a list of apps and their data usage info.5. Tap an app to see more details.Wi‑FiTo use Wi‑Fi, you need access to a wireless access point or “hotspot”.The availability and strength of a Wi‑Fi signal varies depending on objects the Wi‑Fisignal has to pass through (such as buildings or a wall between rooms).Turning Wi‑Fi on and connecting to a wireless network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn the Wi‑Fi connection on.146 Internet connections
3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.If the wireless network that you want is not listed, tap > Add network to manuallyadd it.4. Tap the Wi‑Fi network you want to connect to. If you selected a securednetwork, you'll be asked to enter the network key or password.5. Tap Connect. You'll see the Wi‑Fi icon in the status bar when connected.The next time HTC Phone connects to a previously accessed secured wirelessnetwork, you won’t be asked to enter the key or other security information again.Preventing notifications from unsecured Wi-Fi networksYou can prevent getting notified by unsecured Wi-Fi networks.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Press and hold an unsecured Wi‑Fi network you want to stop being notifiedabout, and tap Block network notification.5. To unblock an unsecured Wi‑Fi network, press and hold the network name andtap Unblock network notification.Connecting to a Wi‑Fi network via WPSIf you're using a Wi‑Fi router with Wi‑Fi Protected Setup (WPS), you can connect HTCPhone easily.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Tap > WPS Push, and then press the WPS button on your Wi‑Fi router. To use the Wi‑Fi Protected Setup (WPS) PIN method, tap > WPS Pin Entry.Disconnecting from the current wireless network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. You can:§Tap the wireless network that HTC Phone is connected to, and then tapDisconnect.§If you want to remove the settings for this network, press and hold thenetwork name, and then tap Forget network.147 Internet connections
Connecting to a different Wi‑Fi network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.To manually scan for available Wi‑Fi networks, tap > Scan.4. Tap a Wi‑Fi network to connect to it.Logging into a public Wi‑Fi network automatically (WISPr)You can set HTC Phone to automatically log into a public Wi‑Fi network that youregularly use. This saves you the trouble of going through the Wi‑Fi provider's webauthentication every time you connect to their Wi‑Fi network. Just add your logincredentials to the WISPr (Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming) settings.The access point of the Wi‑Fi network needs to support the WISPr web portal.Consult the Wi‑Fi provider for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Tap > Advanced.5. Under WISPr settings, select the Auto login option.6. Tap WISPr account settings > Add a new account.7. Tap each item onscreen to enter the service provider name, your login name(with the full domain name), and password.8. Tap > Save9. Turn Wi‑Fi on, and then connect to the public Wi‑Fi network.§If you have access to several public Wi‑Fi networks, you can add up to five sets oflogin credentials to the WISPr accounts list.§In the WISPr accounts list, press and hold an account to remove or edit it.Connecting to a virtual private network (VPN)Add virtual private networks (VPNs) so you can connect and access resources insidea secured local network, such as your corporate network.Before you can connect to your organization's local network, you may be asked to:148 Internet connections
§Install security certificates§Enter your login credentials§Download and install a required VPN app on HTC PhoneContact your network administrator for details. Also, HTC Phone must first establish aWi‑Fi or data connection before you can start a VPN connection.Adding a VPN connectionYou must first set a lock screen PIN or password before you can use credentialstorage and set up the VPN.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap VPN > > Add VPN profile.3. Enter the VPN settings and set them up according to the security details yournetwork administrator gave you.4. Tap Save.Connecting to a VPN1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap VPN.3. Tap the VPN that you want to connect to.4. Enter your log in credentials, and then tap Connect. When you’re connected, theVPN connected icon appears in the notification area of the status bar.You can then open the web browser to access resources such as your corporatenetwork intranet.Disconnecting from a VPN1. Slide the Notifications panel open.2. Tap the VPN notification, and then tap Disconnect.149 Internet connections
Using HTC Phone as a wireless routerShare your data connection with other devices by turning HTC Phone into a wirelessrouter.§Make sure the data connection is turned on.§You must have an approved data plan associated with your account from yourmobile service provider to use this service. Devices connected to your Wi-FiHotspot use data from your subscribed data plan.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings.3. Enter a router name or use the default router name.4. Choose the type of security and set the password (key) for your wireless router.If you selected None in Security, you don’t need to enter a password. The password is the key other people need to enter on their device so they canconnect and use HTC Phone as a wireless router.5. Select the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot option to turn on the wireless router.HTC Phone is ready to be used as a wireless router when you see on the statusbar.To help minimize security risks, use the default security settings and set a secureand unique password.150 Internet connections
Sharing your phone's Internet connection byUSB tetheringNo Internet connection available for your computer? No problem. Use the dataconnection of HTC Phone to connect to the Internet.§To make sure that the USB drivers for HTC Phone are up-to-date, install the latestversion of HTC Sync Manager on your computer.§Make sure a SIM card with a data plan is inserted in HTC Phone.§You may need to have USB tethering added to your data plan, and it may incuradditional cost. Contact your mobile service provider for details.§Make sure that mobile data is turned on.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > USB network setting > USB tethering. If you often switch between USB tethering and Internet pass-through, select Smartnetwork sharing to automatically turn on the connection type you need wheneveryou connect HTC Phone with your computer.3. Connect HTC Phone to your computer using the provided USB cable. The nexttime HTC Phone connects to a computer, it will remember your settings.151 Internet connections
Connecting to the Internet through acomputerIf you temporarily don’t have Internet access on HTC Phone, you can still go online byusing your computer’s Internet connection.§To make sure that the USB drivers for HTC Phone are up-to-date, install the latestversion of HTC Sync Manager on your computer.§If your phone can't connect to the Internet via your computer's Internetconnection, you may need to configure your computer's firewall to allow this typeof connection. To find out how, refer to your operating system or security softwarehelp.§If your computer connects to the Internet via PPP (e.g. Dial UP, xDSL, or VPN),Internet Pass-through will only support TCP protocol.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > USB network setting > Internet pass-through. If you often switch between USB tethering and Internet pass-through, select Smartnetwork sharing to automatically turn on the connection type you need wheneveryou connect HTC Phone with your computer.3. Connect HTC Phone to your computer using the provided USB cable. The nexttime HTC Phone connects to a computer, it will remember your settings.Wi‑Fi printingConnect HTC Phone to a supported printer via Wi‑Fi and print out documents, email,photos, and more.Both printer and HTC Phone must be turned on and connected to the same localnetwork. Connect HTC Phone to the local network using Wi‑Fi. To learn how toconnect the printer to a local network, refer to your printer user guide.1. While in an app (such as Mail or Calendar), open the item you want to print.2. Tap > Print (or More > Print).3. On the Print screen, tap the printer you want to use.152 Internet connections
4. If there's more than one page to print, set the page range that you want. Tap Advanced to set the page size, print layout, and page orientation, and chooseif you want to print in color or black and white.5. Tap Print.You can check the printing details by opening the Notifications panel, and thentapping the item you're printing.Printing a photo1. While in Gallery, open the photo you want to print.2. Tap the photo.3. Tap > Print , and then tap the printer you want to use.4. Tap Print.You can check the printing details by opening the Notifications panel, and thentapping the item you're printing.Adding a printerIf your printer does not show up in the list, you must add it.The printer must be in the same Wi-Fi network that you are using.1. From the Print screen, tap Add printer.2. Enter the IP address of the printer that you want to add and choose a port. Ifyou do not know the IP address of the printer, ask for help from your networkadministrator.3. Tap Next, and then select the manufacturer and model of the printer.4. Tap Save.The printer appears on the list and you can tap it to print your photo or document.153 Internet connections
Wireless sharingConnecting a Bluetooth headsetYou can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset, or have hands-freeconversations using a compatible Bluetooth headset.§To listen to music with your headset, the headset must support the A2DPBluetooth profile.§Before you connect your headset, make it discoverable so HTC Phone can find it.Refer to your headset manual for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. If you don't see your headset listed, tap and then tap Scan to refresh the list.5. When you see the name of your headset in the Available Devices section, tapthe name. HTC Phone pairs with the headset and the headset connection statusis displayed in the Paired Devices section.If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset.When the Bluetooth headset is connected to HTC Phone, the Bluetooth connectedicon is displayed in the status bar.Reconnecting a Bluetooth headsetNormally, you can easily reconnect your headset by switching on Bluetooth on HTCPhone, and then turning on the headset.However, you might have to connect manually if your headset has been used withanother Bluetooth device.Make sure that the headset is discoverable. Refer to the headset manual for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.154 Wireless sharing
3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. Tap the headset’s name in the Paired Devices section.5. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headsetdocumentation to find the passcode.If you still cannot reconnect to the headset, follow the instructions in Unpairing from aBluetooth device on page 155, and then follow the steps under Connecting aBluetooth headset on page 154.Unpairing from a Bluetooth device1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. In the Paired devices section, tap next to the device to unpair.5. Tap Unpair.Where sent information is savedWhen you send information using Bluetooth, the location where it's saved depends onthe type of information and the receiving device.If you send a calendar event or contact, it is normally added directly to thecorresponding application on the receiving device.If you send another file type to a Windows computer, it is normally saved in theBluetooth Exchange folder within your personal document folders.§On Windows XP, the path may be: C:\Documents and Settings\[yourusername]\My Documents\Bluetooth Exchange§On Windows Vista, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents§On Windows 7, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents\Bluetooth Exchange Folder§On Windows 8, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\DocumentsIf you send a file to another device, the saved location may depend on the file type.For example, if you send an image file to another mobile phone, it may be saved in afolder named “Images”.155 Wireless sharing
Receiving files using BluetoothHTC Phone lets you receive various files with Bluetooth, including photos, musictracks, contact info, calendar events, and documents such as PDFs.Refer to the device’s documentation for instructions on sending information overBluetooth.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. Tap the Bluetooth name of your device near the top of the screen to make HTCPhone visible to nearby Bluetooth devices.5. On the sending device, send one or more files to HTC Phone.6. If asked, accept the pairing request on HTC Phone and on the sending device.You may also be prompted to enter the same passcode or confirm the auto-generated passcode on both devices. You'll then get a Bluetooth authorization request.7. Tap Pair.8. When HTC Phone receives a file transfer request notification, slide theNotifications panel down, tap the incoming file notification, and then tapAccept.9. When a file is transferred, a notification is displayed. Slide the Notifications paneldown, and then tap the relevant notification.When you open a received file, what happens next depends on the file type:§Media files and documents are usually opened directly in a compatible app. Forexample, if you open a music track, it starts playing in the Music app.§For a vCalendar file, choose the calendar where you want to save the event, andthen tap Import. The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events.§For a vCard contact file, you can choose to import one, several, or all of thosecontacts to your contacts list.156 Wireless sharing
Settings and securityTurning Airplane mode on or offWhen you enable Airplane (Flight) mode, all wireless radios on HTC Phone are turnedoff, including the call function, data services, Bluetooth, and Wi‑Fi.When you disable Airplane mode, the call function is turned back on and the previousstate of Bluetooth and Wi‑Fi is restored.§You can manually turn Bluetooth and Wi‑Fi back on after enabling Airplane mode.§If USB tethering is turned on, enabling Airplane mode turns it off. You need tomanually turn USB tethering on after you disable Airplane mode.Do any of the following to turn Airplane mode on or off:§Press and hold POWER, and then tap Airplane mode.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings. Tap theAirplane mode tile to turn airplane mode on or off.When enabled, the Airplane mode icon is displayed in the status bar.Turning automatic screen rotation offAutomatic rotation is not supported in all applications.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Clear the Auto rotate screen option.Screen not rotating?Recalibrate the screen if you feel that the screen orientation does not respondproperly to the way you hold HTC Phone.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).2. Tap G-Sensor calibration.3. Place HTC Phone on a flat and level surface, and then tap Calibrate.4. After the recalibration process, tap OK.157 Settings and security
Adjusting the time before the screen turns offAfter a period of inactivity, the screen turns off to conserve battery power. You canset the idle time before the screen turns off.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Tap Sleep, and then tap the time before the screen turns off.Adjusting the screen brightness manually1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Tap Brightness, and then clear the Automatic brightness option.3. Drag the brightness slider to the left to decrease or to the right to increase thescreen brightness.Playing a sound when selecting onscreenitems1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Touch sounds option.Changing the display languageChanging the language adjusts the keyboard layout, date and time formatting, andmore.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap System language, and then choose the language you want to use.Accessibility settingsUse these settings when you’ve downloaded and installed an accessibility tool, such asa screen reader that provides voice feedback. You can turn accessibility functions orservices on or off.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accessibility.2. Choose the settings you want.158 Settings and security
Magnifying your phone's screenIf you're visually impaired or would just like to get a closer view of what's on thescreen, use Magnification gestures to enlarge portions of your phone's screen.Turning Magnification gestures on or off1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accessibility.2. Tap Magnification gestures, and then tap the On/Off switch to turn it on or off.Using Magnification gesturesMake sure that Magnification gestures is turned on in Settings to use this feature.Triple-tap on any area of the screen that you want to magnify. You can:§Slide two fingers apart or together to adjust the magnification.§Drag two fingers to pan across the screen.To exit magnification mode, open another app or triple-tap the screen again.Working with certificatesUse client and Certificate Authority (CA) digital certificates to enable HTC Phone toaccess VPN or secured Wi-FI networks, and also to provide authentication to onlinesecure servers. You can get a certificate from your system administrator or downloadit from sites that require authentication.Some apps such as your browser or email client let you install certificates directly inthe app. See the app's help for details.Installing a digital certificateYou must set a lock screen PIN or password before installing a digital certificate.1. Save the certificate file in the root folder on HTC Phone.2. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.3. Tap Install from phone storage.4. If you have more than one certificate in the root folder, select the certificate youwant to install.5. Enter a name for the certificate and tap OK.159 Settings and security
Protecting your SIM card with a PINAdd another layer of security for HTC Phone by assigning a PIN (personalidentification number) to your SIM.Make sure you have the default SIM PIN provided by your mobile operator beforecontinuing.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Set up SIM card lock, then select Lock SIM card.3. Enter the default SIM card PIN, and then tap OK.4. To change the SIM card PIN, tap Change SIM PIN.Restoring a SIM card that has been locked outIf you enter the wrong PIN more times than the maximum number of attemptsallowed, your SIM card will become “PUK-locked.”You need a PUK code to restore access to HTC Phone. Contact your mobile operatorfor this code.1. On the Phone dialer screen, enter the PUK code, and then tap Next.2. Enter the new PIN you want to use, and then tap Next.3. Enter the new PIN again, and then tap OK.Protecting HTC Phone with a screen lockHelp protect your personal information and help prevent others from using HTCPhone without your permission by setting a screen lock pattern, face unlock, PIN, orpassword.You'll be asked to unlock the screen every time HTC Phone is turned on or when it’sidle for a certain period of time.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Screen lock.3. Select a screen lock option and set up the screen lock.4. Tap Lock phone after, then specify the idle time before the screen is locked. You can also clear Make pattern visible or Make passwords visible if you don’t wantyour screen lock to display as you enter it onscreen.160 Settings and security
Forgot your screen lock pattern?If you’ve forgotten your screen lock pattern, you have up to five attempts totry and unlock HTC Phone.If this fails, you can unlock HTC Phone by entering your Google Account username and password.1. On the unlock screen, enter your lock pattern.2. After the fifth attempt, when you’re asked to wait for 30 seconds, tapOK.3. If the display goes off, press the POWER button to turn the display backon, and then unlock the screen.4. Tap the Forgot pattern? button when it appears.5. Enter your Google Account name and password, and then tap Sign in.You’ll then be asked to create a new screen lock pattern. If you nolonger want to do so, tap None or press .Checking your phone's HTC Sense versionYou can view the HTC Sense version, as well as other information about your phone.1. Go to Settings, and then tap About.2. Tap Software information to view the HTC Sense version.161 Settings and security
Trademarks and copyrights©2013 HTC Corporation. All Rights Reserved.HTC, the HTC logo, HTC BlinkFeed, and HTC Sense are trademarks or service marks ofHTC Corporation.Google, Android, Chrome, Gmail, Google+, Google Calendar, Google Latitude, GoogleMaps, Google Now, Google Play, Google Talk, Google Voice Search, Google Wallet,Picasa, and YouTube are trademarks of Google Inc.Microsoft, Internet Explorer, Outlook, Windows, ActiveSync, Windows Media, andWindows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States and/or other countries.The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by BluetoothSIG, Inc.Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of the Wireless Fidelity Alliance, Inc.LTE is a trademark of European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)registered for the benefit of its members.Beats, BeatsAudio, and the b logo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC.microSD is a trademark of SD-3C LLC.Facebook is a trademark of Facebook, Inc.FLICKR and the FLICKR Dots logo are the trademarks and/or registered trademarksof Yahoo! Inc.LinkedIn is a registered trademark or trademark of LinkedIn Corporation and itsaffiliates in the United States and/or other countries.DLNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Digital Living Network Alliance. Allrights reserved. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.Apple, iPhone, iTunes, iCal, Mac, and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc.Firefox is a trademark of Mozilla Foundation.Dropbox is a trademark of Dropbox, Inc.Polaris Office is a trademark of Infraware, Inc.All other company, product and service names mentioned herein are trademarks,registered trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.The HTC Sync Manager software can be used with materials that you own or arelawfully authorized to use and/or duplicate. Unauthorized use and/or duplication ofcopyrighted material may be a violation of copyright law in the United States and/orother countries/regions. Violation of U.S. and international copyright laws may subjectyou to significant civil and/or criminal penalties. HTC Corporation shall not be held162 Trademarks and copyrights
responsible for any damages or losses (direct or indirect) that you may incur as aresult of using this software.Screen images contained herein are simulated. HTC shall not be liable for technical oreditorial errors or omissions contained herein, nor for incidental or consequentialdamages resulting from furnishing this material. The information is provided “as is”without warranty of any kind and is subject to change without notice. HTC alsoreserves the right to revise the content of this document at any time without priornotice.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by anymeans, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or storing in aretrieval system, or translated into any language in any form without prior writtenpermission of HTC.163 Trademarks and copyrights
IndexAAccounts- social network accounts 31- syncing 102Airplane mode 157Alarms- setting 133Android MarketSee Google PlayApps- grouping into a folder 60- icons on Home screen 59- installing 131, 132- non-Google Play apps 132- on Home screen 59- restoring 132- uninstalling 132- updating 19BBackup- about 104- HTC Backup 105- media 98, 108- options 104- photos 112- restoring backed up apps 132- tasks 108Battery- charging 12- checking usage 38- installing 11- removing 11- saving battery power 39Beats Audio profile 89Bluetooth- connecting a Bluetooth headset 154- received file location 155- receiving information 156Browser- bookmarks 85- history 86, 87- incognito tab 87- Reading list or Watch list 84- syncing with Google Chrome 86- tabs 84- using 82- viewing desktop version 83Burst mode 44CCalendar- creating an event 135- dual time zone 134- meeting conflicts 135- meeting invitations 136- reminders 137- sending quick response 137- views 134Call history 69Camera- basics 42, 43- continuous shooting 44- effects 43- flash 43- front camera 42- HDR 46- recording a video 43- scenes 45- self portrait 45- slow motion 46- standby 42- sweep panorama 46- taking a photo 43- taking photo while recording 44- video resolution 43- zooming 42Capture screen 30Car- about 128- handling calls 130- HTC Car Kit 128- Internet radio 129164 Index
- navigation 129- playing music 128Change phone language 158Clock- alarm 133- setting date and time 133Conference call 68Contacts- adding 118- copying contacts 17, 119- copying from SIM card 119- importing contacts 17, 119, 120- transferring contacts 17, 119Continuous shooting 44Copying files- files to computer, phone storage, orstorage card 94Copying- text 34DData connection- access point names (APN) 144- data roaming 145- sharing 151- turning on or off 144- usage 145Data transfer- from Android phone 15- from iPhone and other phones 16- transferring contacts 17- transferring media 112Display- G-sensor 157- changing the time before the screenturns off 158- recalibrating G-sensor 157- screen brightness 158- screen rotation 157- Sleep mode 27DLNA 93DrivingSee CarDropbox- about 96- auto upload camera shots 98- sending links 99- setting up 97- storage space 101- unlinking device 101- uploading 98, 99EEmailSee MailExchange ActiveSync- flagging an email 126- meeting request 127- Out of office 126- sending a meeting request 127expanded storage 94FFace unlock 63Factory reset 115Feeds view- about 30- selecting feeds 31Files- copying to computer, phone storage,or storage card 94Finger gestures 22FirmwareSee Software updateFM Radio- using 138Folder- grouping apps 60- grouping bookmarks 85- removing items 61- renaming 61FOTASee Software updateGGallery- creating sequence shots 52- custom effects 52- editing group shots 53- editing photos 51- HTC Share 55- photos in Dropbox 98- photos in social networks 51- removing objects in photo 53- sharing photos 54, 55165 Index
- Video Highlights 49- video trimming 48- viewing photos and videos 47- viewing photos and videos byevent 47- viewing photos by location 47- watching videos 48Geotag 47Gestures- motion gestures 26- touch gestures 22Google Now- setting up 81- turning off 82Google Play- installing apps 131- refund 132Google Voice Search 80GPS (Global Positioning System)See Location settingsGroup messaging 74HHands free 154Hard resetSee Factory resetHDMI 92HDR 46HeadphonesSee BluetoothHome screen- adding widgets 57- apps 59- extended 18- feeds 30- folder 60- launch bar 60- rearranging items 59- shortcuts 59- wallpaper 57HotspotSee Wireless routerHTC Backup 105HTC CarSee CarHTC Clock- setting an alarm 133HTC Media Link HD 92HTC Sense version 161HTC Share 55HTC Sync Manager 108HTC Zoe 45IIdle screenSee Lock screenIncognito modeSee Browser, incognito tabInternet- browsing 82- connections 144Internet connection- data connection 144- VPN 148- Wi-Fi 146- wireless router 150KKeyboard- dictionary 37- entering text 35- entering text by speaking 38- HTC Sense keyboard 34- layout 35- multi-language keyboard 36- predictive text 36- shortcuts 37- speech recognition 38Kid mode- about 139- choosing apps 139- closing 139LLanguage- system language 158Location settings 128Lock screen- answering a call 66- dismissing an alarm 28- lock screen style 62- opening an app 28- rejecting a call 66- shortcuts 62- unlocking 28166 Index
Low battery 39Low storageSee Phone storageLyrics 91MMail- attachments 124- carbon copy, blind copy (cc,bcc) 124- deleting 125- draft 124- replying 124- searching 126- sending 124- sorting 125Mail folders- moving email messages 125Making calls- calling 64- calling a number in a Calendarevent 66- calling a number in a message 65- calling a number in an email 66MarketSee Google PlayMaster resetSee Factory resetMeeting request 127Messages- block box 77- copying to the SIM card 78- deleting a conversation 78- draft message 72, 75- forwarding 76- group SMS 74- locking 79- replying 75- saving as task 76- secure box 77- sending 72microSD card- copying files 94MMSSee Multimedia messageMobile data 144Multimedia message- attachment 72- group MMS 74- sending 72Music- adding a song to a queue 90- album covers 90- artist photos 90- Beats Audio profile 89- listening 88- lyrics 91- playing music from the Lockscreen 88- playlist 89- setting a song as ringtone 90- SoundHound 92- transferring from iPhone 109NNavigationSee CarNotifications- panel 33OOnline accounts- adding accounts 102- removing accounts 103- syncing manually 103- what can you sync with 102Online storageSee Dropbox, aboutPPair a Bluetooth headset 154Panorama 46Panoramic photo 46People- adding a new contact 118- contact groups 121- contact link suggestions 120- copying contacts 17, 119, 120- editing contacts 119- filtering your contacts 116- groups 121- importing contacts 17, 119- merging contact information 120- personal profile 117167 Index
- sending contact information 121- transferring contacts 17, 119Phone calls- blocking a call 69- call history 69- calling 64- calling a number in a Calendarevent 66- calling a number in a message 65- calling a number in an email 66- conference call 68- emergency call 66- extension number 64- missed calls 65- muting the microphone 68- putting a call on hold 67- receiving calls 66- Smart Dial 64- speakerphone 68- speed dial 65Phone information 161Phone settingsSee SettingsPhone storage- copying files 94- types of storage 94Phone updates 19Photos- custom effects 52- location 47- organizing 49- sharing photos 54, 55- social networks 51- transferring from computer 17- viewing photos and videos 47- viewing photos and videos byevent 47- viewing photos by location 47Power- charging the battery 12- checking battery usage 38- saving power 39- sleep mode 27Print screenSee Capture screenPrinting 152PUK (PIN Unblock Key) 160QQuick settings 29RRadioSee FM RadioRead mode 83Reading list 84Recording your voice 143Reset 114, 115Ring volume- lowering ring volumeautomatically 70- making your phone ring louder 70- Pocket mode 70Ringtone- editing 91- setting song as ringtone 90RouterSee Wireless routerSScenes- in Camera app 45Screen- adjusting brightness 158- capture 30- changing the time before the screenturns off 158- idle screen 28- recalibrating G-sensor 157- rotation 157- Sleep mode settings 158Screen lock 160Screen shotSee Capture screenSD card 10, 94Search- searching phone and Web 80- voice search 80Security- protecting phone with screenlock 160- protecting SIM card with PIN 160- security certificates 148Settings- About 161168 Index
- Accessibility 158- display language 158- Storage 94Setup- contacts from old phone 17- initial setup 14- photos, music, videos from oldphone 17Sharing- events 136- text 34- TV 92Shortcuts- Lockscreen 62SIM card- copying messages to 78- SIM PIN 160Sleep mode 27Slideshow- highlight video 49- MMS 73Slow motion video 46Smart network sharing 151, 152SMSSee MessagesSocial networks 31Soft reset 114Software update 19Sound- audible selection 158- lowering ring volumeautomatically 70- Pocket mode 70- ringtone, notifications, andsounds 62- switching profiles 70Speakerphone 68Speed dial 65Storage 94Storage card- copying files 94Sweep panorama 46Sync- HTC Sync Manager 108- syncing with computer 112, 113TTasks- about 140- creating a task 140- managing 140- managing lists 141TetheringSee USB TetheringText message 72UUpgradeSee Software updateUSB Tethering 151VVideo Highlights 49VideoPic 44Videos- editing 48- playback speed 48- recording 43- taking photo while recording 44- transferring from computer 17- transferring from iPhone 109- watching 48Voice input 38Voice Recorder 143Voice search 80VPN- adding a connection 149- connecting 149- disconnecting 149WWallpaper- changing 57Watch list 84Weather- checking weather 133Wi-Fi- connecting to another network 148- connecting via WPS 147- turning on 146Widgets- adding 57- changing settings 58169 Index
- removing 60- resizing 58Wireless display 92Wireless router 150Word prediction- bilingual prediction 36YYouTube- finding videos of songs 92- preloading 138- watching 137170 Index

User Manual 1

Your HTC PhoneUser guideHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
ContentsUnboxingHTC Phone 7Back cover 8micro SIM card 9Storage card 10Battery 11Switching the power on or off 12Want some quick guidance on your phone? 13Setting up your phoneSetting up your new phone for the first time 14Transferring content from an Android phone 15Transferring content from an iPhone 16Transferring contacts from your old phone through Bluetooth 16Getting contacts and other content into HTC Phone 17Transferring photos, videos, and music between your phone and computer 17Home screen 18Getting to know your settings 18Updating your phone's software 19Your first week with your new phoneAbout your phone 20Basics 22Home screen feeds 30Notifications 32Working with text 34Battery 38Camera and GalleryCamera 42Gallery 47PersonalizingMaking HTC Phone truly yours 57Changing your wallpaper 57Adding a widget to your Home screen 57Adding apps and other shortcuts on your Home screen 59Rearranging or removing widgets and icons on your Home screen 59Personalizing the launch bar 60Grouping apps into a folder 602 ContentsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adding a Home screen panel 61Changing your ringtone, notifications, and sounds 62Rearranging application tabs 62Customizing the lock screen style 62Hiding missed calls and messages on the lock screen 63Securing HTC Phone with a personal touch 63Phone callsMaking a call with Smart dial 64Dialing an extension number 64Returning a missed call 65Using Speed dial 65Calling a phone number in a text message 65Calling a phone number in an email 66Calling a phone number in a Calendar event 66Making an emergency call 66Receiving calls 66What can I do during a call? 67Setting up a conference call 68Checking calls in the Call History 69Changing ringtone settings 70Home dialing 70MessagesSending a text message (SMS) 72Sending a multimedia message (MMS) 72Sending a group message 74Resuming a draft message 75Replying to a message 75Saving a text message in the Tasks app 76Forwarding a message 76Viewing and saving an attachment from a multimedia message 76Moving messages to the secure box 77Blocking unwanted messages 77WAP push messages 78Copying a text message to your SIM card 78Deleting messages and conversations 78Search and web browserSearching HTC Phone and the Web 80Getting instant information with Google Now 81Browsing the Web 82Bookmarking a webpage 85Using your browsing history 86Clearing your browsing history 87EntertainmentMusic 88Wireless display 923 ContentsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
StoragePhone storage 94Dropbox integration 96Sync, backup, and resetOnline sync 102Backup 104HTC Sync Manager 108Reset 114PeopleYour contacts list 116Setting up your profile 117Adding a new contact 118Editing a contact’s information 119Getting in touch with a contact 119Importing or copying contacts 119Merging contact information 120Sending contact information 121Contact groups 121EmailMail 123Travel and mapsLocation settings 128HTC Car 128Google Play and other appsGetting apps 131Essential apps 133Fun apps 137Productivity apps 140Internet connectionsData connection 144Managing your data usage 145Wi‑Fi 146Connecting to a virtual private network (VPN) 148Using HTC Phone as a wireless router 150Sharing your phone's Internet connection by USB tethering 151Connecting to the Internet through a computer 152Wi‑Fi printing 152Wireless sharingConnecting a Bluetooth headset 154Unpairing from a Bluetooth device 1554 ContentsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Where sent information is saved 155Receiving files using Bluetooth 156Settings and securityTurning Airplane mode on or off 157Turning automatic screen rotation off 157Adjusting the time before the screen turns off 158Adjusting the screen brightness manually 158Playing a sound when selecting onscreen items 158Changing the display language 158Accessibility settings 158Magnifying your phone's screen 159Working with certificates 159Protecting your SIM card with a PIN 160Protecting HTC Phone with a screen lock 160Checking your phone's HTC Sense version 161Trademarks and copyrightsIndex5 ContentsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Conventions used in this guideIn this user guide, we use the following symbols to indicate useful and importantinformation:This is a note. A note often gives additional information, such as what happenswhen you choose to do or not to do a certain action. A note also providesinformation that may only be applicable to some situations.This is a tip. A tip gives you an alternative way to do a particular step or procedure,or lets you know of an option that you may find helpful.This indicates important information that you need in order to accomplish a certaintask or to get a feature to work properly.This provides safety precaution information, that is, information that you need to becareful about to prevent potential problems.6 Conventions used in this guideHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
UnboxingHTC Phone1. BACK2. USB connector3. HOME4. Dual speakers5. VOLUME6. Front camera7. 3.5mm headset jack8. Notification LED9. POWER10. Proximity sensor§You need an LTE plan to use your operator's 4G/LTE network for voice calls anddata services. Check with your operator for details.§If you want to use a screen protector, please don't cover and block the proximitysensor. Purchase a screen protector designed for HTC Phone.7 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Back coverRemoving the back cover1. With one hand, securely hold HTC Phone with the bottom edge facing up andthe back facing you.2. With your other hand, press your thumb on the back cover. From the notch(where the USB port is located), use your finger to open a small gap along thebottom edge. Then continue to lift open from the bottom edge. 3. Slowly detach the cover from the phone to remove it.Replacing the back coverTo avoid damaging the VOLUME buttons, don't press the buttons while replacingthe back cover.1. Align the back cover onto the top part of HTC Phone.2. Press the sides and the bottom part of the back cover against HTC Phone tolock the cover into place. You will hear a click when the back cover is locked in place.8 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
micro SIM cardHTC Phone uses a micro SIM card. The micro SIM card contains your phone number,service details, and memory for storing phonebook contacts and/or text messages.Inserting the micro SIM cardUse a standard micro SIM only. Inserting a smaller size SIM (such as nano SIM withan adapter or a modified SIM) may cause the card to not fit properly or damage thecard slot.1. Take the back cover off.2. Remove the battery first before inserting the micro SIM.3. With the micro SIM card’s gold contacts facing down and its cut-off cornerfacing in, insert the micro SIM card all the way into the SIM card slot. 4. Push the micro SIM card in until it clicks into place.Removing the micro SIM cardMake sure to switch off HTC Phone before removing your micro SIM card.1. Take the back cover off.2. Remove the battery.3. Push the micro SIM card in to eject it from its slot, and remove it.9 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Storage cardUse a storage card to store your photos, videos, and music.Inserting the storage card1. Take the back cover off.2. Insert the microSD™ card into the storage card slot with its gold contacts facingdown and push it until it clicks into place. Unmounting the storage cardWhen you need to remove the storage card while HTC Phone is on, unmount thestorage card first to prevent corrupting or damaging the files in the storage card.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.2. Tap Unmount SD card.Removing the storage card1. Take the back cover off.2. Push the storage card in to eject it from its slot.3. Slide the storage card out from its slot.10 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
BatteryRemoving the battery1. Take the back cover off.2. With your thumb or finger, lift the battery from the battery compartment. Inserting the batteryPlease use only original batteries that came in the box or replacements that HTCrecommends.1. Take the back cover off.2. Insert the battery (with its exposed copper contacts first) into the batterycompartment. 11 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Charging the batteryBefore you turn on and start using HTC Phone, it is recommended that you charge thebattery.§Use only the adapter and the USB cable that came with HTC Phone to charge thebattery. When the battery power is too low, make sure to use the power adapterto charge, not the USB cable connection with your computer.§Do not remove the battery from HTC Phone while you are charging it using thepower or car adapter.1. Insert the small end of the USB cable into the USB connector. 2. Insert the other end of the USB cable into the power adapter.3. Plug in the power adapter to an electrical outlet to start charging the battery.§As a safety precaution, the battery may stop charging to avoid overheating.§When you're using the Internet and charging the battery, HTC Phone may becomewarmer. This is normal.§To conserve energy, unplug the power adapter from the electrical outlet after youfinish charging.Switching the power on or offSwitching the power onPress the POWER button. When you turn on HTC Phone for the first time, you’ll need to set it up.12 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Switching the power off1. If the display is off, press the POWER button to turn it back on. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.2. Press and hold the POWER button for a few seconds.3. Tap Power off on the options menu.Want some quick guidance on your phone?Exploring HTC PhoneTips & Help lets you get the most out of HTC Phone in seconds.§Ever have the feeling that you're not getting the most out of your phone?Browse through the friendly walkthroughs on Tips & Help to learn how. Thetopics range from intro to advanced and the Tips & Help feed on the Homescreen even recommends topics that you might like.§Need to know how to do something right away? Just type in some keywordsand get clear, up-to-date answers right on HTC Phone.To open Tips & Help from the Home screen, tap > Tips & Help.If you haven't downloaded Tips & Help content yet, or if there's updated contentavailable, just tap the download link to get it.To change the sync settings of Tips & Help, tap > Update settings.Searching Tips & Help1. In Tips & Help, tap , and then enter the words you want to search for.2. Tap a search result to jump straight to that item.13 UnboxingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Setting up your phoneSetting up your new phone for the first timeWhen you switch on your new phone for the first time, you’ll be asked to set it up.Walk through the on-device setup to choose your Internet connection, select how youwant to set up your new phone, and more.§Select Set up from scratch to set up your accounts and personalize your newphone from your computer using the HTC Get Started service. Your phone shows you the URL of the HTC Get Started site and a pair code. Onyour computer's web browser, just go to the URL and enter the pair code tostart your web setup. You need an HTC Account to save your accounts andsettings on the Web and download them to your phone.§If you already finished the HTC Get Started setup before turning on your newphone, just download your web setup. Choose to import content, and thenselect Apply HTC Get Started setup.§If you have content from an old phone, you can choose to do a direct phone-to-phone transfer.§To make it easier for you to back up and restore content from HTC Phone toanother HTC phone in the future, select Back up phone daily.§To find out more about HTC Get Started and HTC Account, see the Help and FAQon the HTC Get Started site (www.htcsense.com/help/).§If you transferred content such as wallpaper and ringtone from an old phone, usingHTC Get Started to personalize and download the same content types from theWeb will change your settings on your new phone.§Some features that need to connect to the Internet such as location-basedservices and auto-sync of your online accounts may incur extra data fees. To avoidincurring data fees, disable these features under Settings.14 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Transferring content from an Android phoneOn your old Android™ phone, download the HTC Transfer Tool and use it to transferyour content to your new HTC phone. The types of locally stored content on your oldphone that the tool can transfer include contacts, messages, calendar events, webbookmarks, music, photos, and videos. Some settings can also be transferred.§You need Android version 2.3 or later to use the HTC Transfer Tool on your oldphone.§If your old phone has Android version 2.2 or an earlier version, you need to useBluetooth® transfer. For details, see Transferring contacts from your old phonethrough Bluetooth on page 16.1. Do one of the following:§If you're setting up your new HTC phone for the first time, choose totransfer content, and then select Transfer from old phone on the Set upphone screen.§Go to Settings, and then tap Transfer content.2. Choose whether to transfer from an old HTC Android phone or other Androidphone.3. Tap Full transfer.4. Follow the steps shown on your new phone to download the HTC Transfer Toolfrom Google Play™ to your old phone, install it, and open the tool.5. When you see a PIN on your old phone, make sure the same PIN also appearson your new phone before you continue. If the PIN code doesn't appear, this may mean that your old phone is unable toconnect to your new phone. If this happens, tap Unable to establish a connectionon your new phone to use Bluetooth for transferring contacts from your old phone.15 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
6. On your old phone, choose the types of content you want to transfer, and thentap Start.7. Wait for the transfer to finish.8. Tap Done on both phones.Transferring content from an iPhoneIf you have an iPhone®, it's fast and easy to transfer your contacts, messages, andother content when you use HTC Sync Manager.To find out how, see Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phone on page 109.If you only need to migrate your contacts, you can also use Bluetooth transfer. Fordetails, see Transferring contacts from your old phone through Bluetooth on page16.Transferring contacts from your old phonethrough BluetoothUse Bluetooth to transfer contacts from an iPhone, a phone that has Android version2.2 (or earlier version), or other types of phones. Depending on the capabilities of yourold phone, you may be able to transfer not only contacts but also other data such ascalendar events and text messages to your new HTC phone.Use HTC Sync Manager to transfer more types of content from an iPhone.1. Do one of the following:§If you're setting up your new phone for the first time, choose to transfercontent, and then select Transfer from old phone on the Set up phonescreen.§Go to Settings, and then tap Transfer content.2. Choose whether to transfer from an Android phone, iPhone, or other phonetypes. If you chose to transfer from an Android phone, tap Quick transfer.3. Choose your old phone's name and model.4. On your old phone, turn Bluetooth on and set it to discoverable mode.5. Follow the onscreen instructions on your old and new phones to pair them andstart the data transfer.16 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Getting contacts and other content into HTCPhoneAside from the HTC Transfer Tool, there are other ways you can add contacts andother content to HTC Phone.Sync with yourcomputerUse HTC Sync Manager to sync contacts, documents, playlists,and more between HTC Phone and your computer running aWindows® or Mac OS® operating system.You can also use it to transfer contacts, messages, and othercontent from an iPhone to your computer, and then to your HTCPhone.Gmail™Google® contacts are imported to HTC Phone after you sign in toyour Google Account. You can also create more Google contactsright from HTC Phone.Social networkaccountsLog in to your favorite social networks to sync contactinformation from them.Microsoft®ExchangeActiveSync®HTC Phone syncs your work contacts from the MicrosoftExchange ActiveSync Server in your workplace.Phone contacts You can create contacts locally on HTC Phone, if you don'tprefer to store them on your online accounts.SIM card Copy all your SIM contacts to HTC Phone.Transferring photos, videos, and musicbetween your phone and computerThere are two ways you can transfer your media from or to your computer.§Connect HTC Phone to your computer. Your computer will recognize it just likeany removable USB drive, and you can copy your media between them.§Download and use the HTC Sync Manager software on your computer. You canset it up to automatically get music, photos, and videos off HTC Phone to yourcomputer. You can also sync playlists from your computer to the phone.If you have an iPhone, you can even connect it and transfer the camera roll(photos and videos) to your computer. Then reconnect HTC Phone and copythem over.Tired of keeping copies of your media in several places? Use online storage servicesto put your media in one place so you can manage them anywhere — on yourcomputer, HTC Phone, and other mobile devices.Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync > to check first what online storageaccounts are available on HTC Phone and sign in to the one you want to use. Use theGallery app to access media in your online storage.17 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Home screenYour Home screen is where you make HTC Phone your own.§After you've turned on and set up HTC Phone, you'll see the Feeds view as themain Home screen. Customize it to show posts from your social networks,headlines from your favorite news media, and more. For details, see Checkingfeeds on your Home screen on page 30.§You can change the apps on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen.See Personalizing the launch bar on page 60.§Swipe left and you’ll discover another Home screen panel for adding yourfavorite apps, widgets, and more so they’re just a tap away. And if you needmore Home screen panels, you can add more. For details, see Personalizing onpage 57.Press to return to the Home screen you were last in.Getting to know your settingsWant to change the ringtone, set up a Wi‑Fi® connection, or add your accounts? Dothis and more in Settings.1. Open Settings either from the Quick settings panel or the All Apps screen.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings,and then tap .§From the Home screen, tap to switch to the All Apps screen, and thentap Settings.2. Here are some of the basic settings you can change: §Tap the On/Off switch next to an item such as Wi-Fi to turn it on or off. Tapthe item itself to configure its settings.§Tap Sound to set a ringtone, choose a sound profile, and configureincoming call sound settings.§Tap Personalize to change the Home screen wallpaper, lock screen style,and more.§Tap Accounts & sync to add and sign in to your different accounts, such asemail, social networks, and more.§Tap Security to help secure HTC Phone, for example with a screen lock.18 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Updating your phone's softwareHTC Phone can check and notify you if there’s a new update available. You can alsomanually check if there's an available update.Installing a software updateWhen Internet connection is on and there's a new software update available, theupdate notification icon appears in the status bar.1. Slide the Notifications panel open, and then tap the system update notification.2. If you don't want to download the update using your data connection, selectUpdate over Wi-Fi only.3. Tap Download.4. When download is complete, select Install now, and then tap OK.After updating, HTC Phone will restart.Installing an application updateWhen Internet connection is on and there's an available update for your HTC ormobile operator apps, the update notification icon appears in the status bar.1. Slide the Notifications panel open, and then tap the update notification. The Updates screen opens with the list of application updates to be installed.2. Tap an item to view its details, and then tap .3. When you're done reviewing the updates, tap Install. You'll be asked to restartHTC Phone if needed.Checking for updates manually1. Go to Settings, and then tap About.2. Tap Software updates. HTC Phone checks if updates are available.If you don't have Internet connection, you'll be prompted to turn on mobile data orconnect to a Wi‑Fi network. Once connected, tap Check now to check for updates.19 Setting up your phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Your first week with yournew phoneAbout your phoneFeatures you'll enjoy on HTC PhoneHTC Phone gives you options for quick and easy setup. Transferring your old phone'scontent such as your contacts, messages, and media can be done right from HTCPhone.On this phone, enjoy taking shots with the camera, checking personalized contentwith HTC BlinkFeed™, and more.Easy phone setup and transfer§With our HTC Get Started service, you can set up and personalize HTC Phonefrom your computer, and just download your settings to HTC Phone. See Setting up your new phone for the first time on page 14.§Easily transfer your contacts, messages, music, photos, videos, and more froman Android phone to HTC Phone. See Transferring content from an Androidphone on page 15.By using HTC Sync Manager, you can even migrate content from an iPhone. See Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phone on page 109.§Back up HTC Phone to the cloud so it'll be a lot easier to restore your content toa new phone next time. See Using HTC Backup on page 105.Live Home screenWith HTC BlinkFeed, personalize your Home screen with the information and updatesthat matter most to you. See a variety of content such as feeds about news and yourinterests, social network updates, HTC Phone tips, and more. The content is constantlyrefreshed when you're connected to the Internet. See Checking feeds on your Homescreen on page 30.HTC ZoeExperience a whole new way of capturing and retouching photos.§Capture entire moments with pictures and sound, and watch them come aliveagain with HTC Zoe™. See Taking HTC Zoe photos on page 45.§Retouch your HTC Zoe photos or continuous shots with Object Removal,Always Smile, and Sequence Shot. See Camera and Gallery on page 42.20 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
New way to share memoriesCreate highlight videos without editing or share your photos to friends and family onthe fly.§Show off the excitement of your event. Video Highlights automatically selectsthe highlights of an event from your photos to create a half-minute show with amusical theme. See Viewing the highlights of an event on page 49.§HTC Share brings together your best photos, regular photos, and a highlightvideo so that you can easily share your memories with friends and family. See Sharing memories through HTC Share on page 55.Outstanding camera features§With VideoPic, you can snap a picture while you're shooting video. See Taking aphoto while recording a video (VideoPic) on page 44.§Switch to Sweep panorama mode and pan the camera to capture a wide-angleview of the scenery. See Taking a panoramic photo on page 46.§Use Continuous shooting mode to capture 20 consecutive shots (or more) of asubject in motion. See Taking continuous camera shots on page 44.§By just tapping the shutter button, take three shots of your subject at differentexposures and combine them into a nice, evenly exposed photo. Use either themain or front camera to capture HDR photos. See Using HDR on page 46.§With Variable Speed Playback, add a cinematic flair to your videos by slowingdown particular scenes. See Changing the video playback speed on page 48.Immerse in music§Built-in high quality Beats Audio™ gives you a rich, authentic sound experience,whether you’re listening to music, watching a video, or playing a game. To findout more, see Making your music sound better on page 89.§In our HTC Music app, you'll see a visual animation while you're playing a song.And if lyrics are available, they'll show onscreen.HD entertainment on the goUse HTC Media Link HD to wirelessly share your media from HTC Phone to your HDTV. See Sharing on a big screen on page 92.Dropbox integration with HTC SenseUse Dropbox to access your photos, videos, and documents from HTC Phone, yourcomputer, and other mobile devices. When you sign in to your Dropbox account fromHTC Phone, you may be eligible to get an additional 23 GB of free Dropbox storagefor two years. To find out how, see Using Dropbox on HTC Phone on page 96.21 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
§The 23 GB offer is available only on HTC phones that use HTC Sense™ 4.0 or laterand have Dropbox preinstalled.§On HTC phones that don't have Dropbox preloaded, you can download it fromGoogle Play and still enjoy Dropbox integration with apps such as Gallery and Mail.§Additional terms and requirements may apply (including a subscription fee) afteryour two year trial ends.§Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.BasicsTouch gesturesUse touch gestures to get around the Home screen, open apps, scroll through lists,and more.Tap§Tap the screen with your finger when you want to selectonscreen items such as application and settings icons, orpress onscreen buttons.§After you've scrolled down a long list or screen (in apps suchas Mail and People), tap the status bar to jump straight tothe top of your screen.Press and holdTo open the available options for an item (for example, acontact or link in a webpage), just press and hold the item.22 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Swipe or slideQuickly swipe your finger vertically or horizontally across thescreen to go to other Home pages, scroll through documents,and more.DragPress and hold your finger with some pressure before you startto drag. While dragging, don't release your finger until youhave reached the target position.FlickFlicking the screen is similar to swiping, except thatyou need to swipe your finger in light, quickerstrokes, such as when moving right and left on theHome screen, or flicking through a contacts ormessage list.23 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Press and flickOn the Home screen, you can easily move a widget oricon from one screen to another.Press and hold the widget or icon with one finger, andflick the screen to the new location with another finger.Slide with two fingersIn some apps, like Gallery, Messages, Mail,or the web browser, slide two fingersapart to zoom in when viewing a pictureor text.Slide two fingers together to zoom out of the picture ortext.24 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Two-finger swipe§Swipe down from the status bar using two fingers to accessQuick settings.§In some apps that have sorting, like Mail or People, swipe up ordown using two fingers to scroll the screen. The screen displaysthe sorting order, and you can easily scroll to the informationyou want.Three-finger gestureSwipe up using three fingers to share content such asphotos, videos, and music from HTC Phone to your TVor speakers.§HTC gestures is enabled by default, which makes the three-finger gesture workonly when sharing content or using HTC apps.§You need to hook up the HTC Media Link HD (sold separately) to your HDMI TV toshare content.25 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Can't use multi-finger gestures in your apps?That's because HTC gestures is enabled by default. This makes the three-finger gesture exclusive for sharing content or for use with HTC apps. Youwon't be able to use multi-finger gestures (gestures that use three fingers ormore) for other purposes.To use multi-finger gestures in games or musical instrument apps, clear theHTC gestures option in Settings > Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).Motion gesturesUse motion gestures to mute, lower the ringtone volume, and more.Flip to silenceWhen a call comes in you can turn HTCPhone over to mute it.Pick up to lower volumeIn a business meeting or restaurant, pickHTC Phone up when a call comes in tolower the ringtone volume.26 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Set volume to automatically rise while in your pocket or bagOn a noisy street and can't hear HTC Phone ringing inyour bag?You can set HTC Phone to recognize when it's in yourbag or pocket and raise the ringtone volume so that youcan hear it in noisy environments.Rotate HTC Phone for a better viewFor many screens, you canautomatically change the screenorientation from portrait tolandscape by turning HTC Phonesideways.When entering text, you can turnHTC Phone sideways to bring up abigger keyboard.Sleep modeSleep mode saves battery power by putting HTC Phone into a low power state whilethe display is off. It also stops accidental button presses when HTC Phone is in yourbag.Switching to Sleep modeBriefly press the POWER button to turn off the display and switch to Sleep mode.HTC Phone also automatically goes into Sleep mode when it’s left idle for a while.You can change the time before HTC Phone sleeps in the Display, gestures & buttons(or Display & buttons) settings.Waking up from Sleep modeTo wake HTC Phone up manually, press the POWER button. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.HTC Phone automatically wakes up when you have an incoming call.27 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Unlocking the screenYou can:§Drag the lock icon or clock up.§Swipe up from an empty space on the lock screen.If you've set up a screen lock, you'll be asked to provide your credentials before HTCPhone unlocks.If you've set an event reminder or an alarm, you can snooze or dismiss the event oralarm right from the lock screen. Just drag or up.Opening an app§Tap an app on the launch bar at the bottom of the Home screen.§To see more apps, tap . Then tap the app you want to use.Opening an app or folder from the lock screen§On the lock screen, drag an app or folder icon up to unlock the screen anddirectly go to the app or folder. The shortcuts on the lock screen are the same ones on your Home screen's launchbar. To change the lock screen shortcuts, replace the apps or folders on the launchbar.§When there's a notification or info shown on the lock screen such as a missedcall or new message, you can drag it up to directly go to its app.If you've set up a screen lock, you'll be asked to provide your credentials first beforeHTC Phone opens the app or folder.28 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Switching between recently opened appsWhen you're multitasking and using different apps on HTC Phone, you can easilyswitch between the apps you've recently opened.Double-tap to see recently-opened apps. §To switch back to an app, just tap it.§To remove an app from the list, drag it up.Refreshing contentIn some apps, you can easily refresh content that's synced or downloaded from theWeb with a simple finger gesture.1. While viewing content such as weather, stocks, or Mail inbox, scroll to the top ofthe screen.2. Pull down with your finger, and then release to refresh.Using Quick SettingsTap the tiles in Quick settings to easily turn on Wi‑Fi, Bluetooth, and more. You'll alsofind a few shortcuts, such as for viewing your profile in the People app.With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.Miss having a Menu button?You can set the Home button to open the Menu.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).2. Tap Home and select how you want to open the Menu, which is to pressand hold the button.29 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Capturing your phone's screenWant to show off your high game score or write a blog post about HTC Phonefeatures? It's easy to take a picture of the screen and share it from Gallery.Press and hold POWER and VOLUME DOWN at the same time. To share the image, wait until you see the icon in the status bar. In theNotifications panel, expand the screenshot notification, and then tap .The image is saved in the Screenshots album in Gallery.Home screen feedsChecking feeds on your Home screenStay in touch with friends or get the latest about your interests right on your Homescreen. Set up which social networks, news sources, and more will appear.§Tap a tile to view more details or to comment on a post or status update.§Scroll to the top and pull down on the screen to manually refresh the stream.This also shows icons for posting on social networks, searching, and more.In the Feeds view, you can press either the button or button or tap thestatus bar to scroll to the top.§Tap to choose the type of feeds to display. Select Highlights to see othercontents such as upcoming events, frequently-viewed photos in Gallery, andmore.You can manually set which feeds will appear as highlights by tapping nextto Highlights and selecting your favorite news sources, social networks, andapps.30 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Your social networksWhen you sign in to your social network accounts and authorize HTC Sense to accessthem, you can:§Post status updates from the Home screen when using the Feeds view.§See your contacts and their status updates in People.§See photos in Gallery or on the Home screen.§Check your friends’ status updates and posts on the Home screen when usingthe Feeds view.§View events and reminders in Calendar.Posting an update on your social networkYou can easily post a status update from the Home screen.1. From the Feeds view, tap , and then choose a social network.2. Compose your status update and post it on your social network.Where is the header?The header contains icons for posting on social networks, searching feeds, andmore.If the icons don't show, you can do either of the following:§While browsing the first page of feeds, just pull down the screen.§While browsing succeeding pages, pull down and hold the screen. Waitfor the icons to appear and then release your finger.Selecting feedsGet updated with the most relevant content and posts with just a swipe. Choosewhich feeds to display on the Home screen. You can select popular news channelsand websites or choose a category like Entertainment. You can also show posts fromfriends in social networks or information from apps such as Calendar.1. From the Feeds view, tap > Topics and services.2. Select feeds from apps, types of content, and social networks that will displayon the Home screen. Swipe left or right for more choices.Content from feeds that have just been added may take a few minutes to appearon the Home screen.31 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Can I subscribe to a different news source or channel?Feeds from news channels and web sites displayed on the Home screen areset by a local content guide. To see a different list of news sources, change thelocal content.1. From the Feeds view, tap > Settings.2. Tap Local content.3. Select the local content you want to use, and tap Next.4. Select news sources and categories that you want.NotificationsNotification LEDThe notification LED shows a:§Solid green light when HTC Phone is connected to the power adapter or acomputer and the battery is fully charged.§Flashing green light when you have a pending notification.§Solid orange light when the battery is being charged.§Flashing orange light when the battery level reaches very low.32 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Notifications panelNotification icons inform you of new messages, calendar events, alarms, and activitiesin progress such as files downloading.When you see notification icons, open the Notifications panel to check out details ofthe notifications that you've received. You can also quickly access settings from theNotifications panel.1. To open the Notifications panel, slide down from the top of the screen. If you have several notifications, scroll down the screen to see them all.2. On the Notifications panel:§You can expand certain notifications to see more information, such as emailpreviews and calendar events. Slide two fingers apart to expand anotification. To collapse it, slide two fingers together.§You'll see icons in some notifications that allow you to take immediateactions. For example, when you have a missed call, tap the available iconsto return the call or reply with a text message.§Tap the notification icon on the left to open the corresponding app.§To dismiss just one notification in the list, drag it left or right.3. To close the Notifications panel, slide up from the bottom bar of the panel orpress . You can also tap to dismiss all notifications and close the Notifications panel.33 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Working with textSelecting, copying, and pasting textIn apps such as the web browser and Mail, you can select and copy text, and thenpaste or share it.1. Press and hold on a word.2. Drag the start and end anchors to highlight the surrounding text you want toselect. You can use the magnifier to zoom in while selecting your text. To turn on themagnifier, go to Settings > Accessibility, and then select the Show magnifieroption. You'll see the magnifier when you press and hold one of the text selectionanchors.3. After you have selected the text you want to copy, tap Copy. The selected text is then copied to the clipboard.4. In a text entry field (for example while composing an email), press and hold atthe point where you want to paste the text.5. Tap Paste.To copy the address of a linked webpage, press and hold the link, and then tapCopy link URL.Sharing text1. After you have selected the text you want to share, tap Share.2. Choose where to paste and share the selected text, such as in an email messageor social network status update.The HTC Sense keyboardTyping is fast and accurate with the HTC Sense keyboard.§Turn on the Trace keyboard so you can type words by just sliding your fingerfrom one letter to another. See Using the Trace keyboard on page 37.§You can type words by just speaking. See Entering text by speaking on page38.34 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
§Word prediction also saves typing time. As you type, you'll see wordsuggestions that you can choose from. You can even add words, phrases, andshortcuts to the word prediction dictionary. See Entering text with wordprediction on page 36.§Just swipe right to access the numeric and symbol keyboard. Or swipe left toswitch between languages.§The keys have secondary numbers, punctuation symbols, or other charactersthat you can quickly insert without having to switch to the numeric and symbolkeyboard.For example, just press and hold a key on the first row to insert a number.§Choose from a selection of smileys and insert one right from the keyboard.§Show or hide navigational arrow keys on the keyboard. If you enable the arrowkeys in Settings, they'll only appear on the portrait keyboard.And since everyone has their own typing style, you can go to Settings to calibrate thekeyboard so it learns how you type.Entering textThe onscreen keyboard becomes available when you tap a text field in an app. Enterletters and numbers, change the keyboard layout or language, and more.Tap the keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter letters and numbers, as well aspunctuation marks and symbols.§Tap to enter an uppercase letter. Tap twice to turn on caps lock.§Press and hold keys with gray characters at the top to enter numbers, symbols,or accented letters. Some keys have multiple characters or accents associatedwith them.§Swipe right to show number and symbol keys. To return to the main keyboard,swipe left.§Press to close the onscreen keyboard.To open the keyboard settings, press and hold the comma key. Or go to Settings >Language & keyboard > HTC Sense Input.Selecting a keyboard layoutChoose a keyboard layout that suits your typing style.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input > Keyboard selection.3. Tap Keyboard types, and then select the keyboard layout that you want to use.35 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Choosing and switching between keyboard languagesIf multiple keyboard languages are available on HTC Phone, you can choose whichlanguages to enable in the onscreen keyboard.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Keyboard selection, and then choose the languages you want.To change the keyboard language, do any of the following:§Swipe left on the onscreen keyboard (not available if you're using tracekeyboard).§Tap the language key (for example, ) until you see the language you want touse.§Press and hold the language key, and then drag your finger to the keyboardlanguage you want to use.Entering text with word predictionWord prediction is enabled by default, and word suggestions are displayed as youtype.Tap to switch between Multitap and XT9 predictive modes when using thePhone keyboard layout.To enter text in word prediction mode, do any of the following:§Tap the space bar to insert a highlighted word in the suggestion list.§Tap a word from the suggestion list.§Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices.You can also see suggestions for the next word after you've entered text. To enablethis option, go to Settings > Language & keyboard > HTC Sense Input. TapAdvanced, and then select Next word prediction.Setting a second language for word predictionYou can set the word prediction to be bilingual. As you type, you’ll get wordsuggestions in the languages that you’ve selected.Bilingual prediction is available only when you're using a Latin-based keyboard.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input > Keyboard selection > Bilingual prediction, and thenchoose the language you want.36 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adding words and phrases to the word prediction dictionaryAdd frequently-used names, acronyms, and even phrases to the word predictiondictionary to easily find them in the suggestion list.Type even faster when you create text shortcuts to words and phrases. Instead oftyping "Talk to you later", save a few keystrokes by adding the ttyl shortcut. Inyour message or email, just type "ttyl", and then tap the spacebar to enter thecomplete phrase.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > .4. Enter a word or phrase, and then enter its text shortcut. Be sure to rememberthis shortcut, including the uppercase and lowercase letters you've typed.5. Tap OK.While you're entering text using the Standard keyboard layout, tapping asuggested word that’s not in the dictionary (usually the first word shown in thesuggestion list) automatically stores it.Editing or deleting words and phrases in the word prediction dictionary1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary.§To edit a word, phrase, or shortcut, tap the item in the list.§To delete items from the dictionary, tap > Delete. Select the words youwant to remove, and then tap Delete.Using the Trace keyboardInstead of tapping the keys on the onscreen keyboard, you can "trace" to type words.You need to turn on the Trace keyboard in Settings > Language & keyboard > HTCSense Input.1. Slide your finger from one letter to the next to enter a word.2. Lift your finger when the word is completed. The suggestion list will showpossible matches.3. You can:§Tap the space bar to insert a highlighted word.§Tap a word from the suggestion list.§Tap the arrow next to the suggestion list to see more choices.37 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Entering text by speakingNo time to type? Try speaking the words to enter them.1. Tap an area where you want to enter text.2. On the onscreen keyboard, press and hold .3. When you see the microphone image, speak out the words you want to type. To set the voice input language, tap the language bar above the microphoneimage. You can choose one or more languages. Available languages depend on thevoice input languages supported by Google.4. If a word doesn't match what you've spoken and it's underlined, tap theunderlined word to delete it or to see more choices.5. Enter punctuation marks by saying the name (for example, say "comma").BatteryChecking battery usageSee a ranking list of apps that are using the battery. You can also see how much andhow long the battery has been used for each app.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Power.2. Tap Usage, and then tap an app to check how it's using the battery. You'll seehow much battery power is used by resources such as the CPU for the app andother use details.§If you see buttons while viewing an app's battery use details, you can tap them toadjust settings that affect battery usage, stop the app, and more.§Want to check the battery percentage right on the status bar? In Power settings,select Show battery level.Checking battery historyCheck how long you've been using HTC Phone since the last charge. You can also seea chart that shows how long the screen has been on, and how long you've been usingconnections like the mobile network or Wi‑Fi.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Power.2. Tap History.3. If you've used HTC Phone for a long time since the last charge, swipe left orright to scale the graph that details battery usage over time. You can also slide two fingers together or apart to scale the graph.38 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Getting the battery to last longerHow long the battery can last before it needs recharging depends on how you useHTC Phone. HTC Phone power management helps to increase battery life.In times when you need to extend the battery life more, try out some of these tips:Check your battery usageMonitoring your battery usage helps you identify what's using the most power so youcan choose what to do about it. For details, see Checking battery usage on page 38.Manage your connections§Turn off wireless connections you're not using.To turn on or off connections such as mobile data, Wi‑Fi, or Bluetooth, go toSettings and tap their On/Off switches.§Turn GPS on only when a precise location is needed.To prevent some apps from using GPS in the background, keep the GPSsatellites setting off. Turn it on only when you need your precise location whileusing navigation or location-based apps. Go to Settings and tap Location toturn this setting on or off.§If the Sleep mode option in Settings > Power is enabled, at low peak times, yourphone will turn off the data connection after the screen has been off for 15minutes and there's no network activity (no downloads, streaming, or datausage). The data connection resumes when you switch the screen back on.Manage your displayLowering the brightness, letting the display sleep when not in use, and keeping itsimple helps save battery power.§Use automatic brightness (the default), or manually lower the brightness.§Set the screen timeout to a shorter time.§Don't use a live wallpaper for your Home screen. Animation effects are nice toshow off to other people but they drain your battery.Changing your wallpaper to a plain, black background can also help a little. Theless color is displayed, the less battery is used.§Set the web browser to auto dim the screen while webpages load. Open theInternet app, and then tap > Settings > Accessibility > Dim screen duringpage loading.For more details, see Settings and security on page 157 and Personalizing on page57.39 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Manage your apps§Install the latest software and application updates. Updates sometimes includebattery performance improvements.§Uninstall or disable apps that you never use.Many apps run processes or sync data in the background even when you're notusing them. If there are apps that you don't need anymore, uninstall them.If an app came preloaded and can't be uninstalled, disabling the app can stillprevent it from continuously running or syncing data. In Settings > Apps, swipeto the All tab, tap the app, and then tap Disable.Limit background data and syncBackground data and sync can use a lot of battery power if you have many appssyncing data in the background. It’s recommended not to let apps sync data toooften. Determine which apps can be set with longer sync times, or sync manually.§In Settings, tap Accounts & sync and check what types of data are being syncedin your online accounts. When the battery is starting to run low, temporarilydisable syncing some data.§If you have many email accounts, consider prolonging the sync time of someaccounts.In the Mail app, select an account, tap > Settings > Sync, Send & Receive, andthen adjust the settings under Sync schedule.§When you’re not traveling from one place to another, sync weather updates ofonly your current location, rather than in all of your named cities. Open theWeather app, and then tap > Edit to remove unneeded cities.§Choose widgets wisely.Some widgets constantly sync data. Consider removing the ones that are notimportant from your Home screen.§In Play Store, tap > Settings, and then clear Auto-add widgets to avoidautomatically adding Home screen widgets whenever you've installed new apps.Also tap Auto-update apps > Do not auto-update apps if you're fine withupdating apps from Play Store manually.Other tipsTo squeeze in a little bit more battery power, try these tips:§Tone down the ringtone and media volume.§Minimize the use of vibration or sound feedback. In Settings, tap Sound andchoose which ones you don't need and can disable.§Check your apps’ settings as you may find more options to optimize the battery.40 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Using power saver modePower saver mode helps to increase battery life. It reduces the usage of phonefeatures that drain the battery such as the display and data connection.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Power saver tile to turn power saver mode on or off. If you want to choose which phone features to conserve power for, tap firstbefore you turn power saver mode on.If power saver mode's Data connection option is selected, HTC Phoneautomatically disconnects from the mobile network after 15 minutes when thescreen is off and the data connection is idle (no download activity, streaming, ordata usage). It reconnects and then disconnects periodically when the dataconnection is idle to save battery power.Keep in mind though that the Sleep mode option for the data connection inSettings > Power, when enabled, overrides power saver mode.41 Your first week with your new phoneHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Camera and GalleryCameraCamera basicsTake great photos and videos with the camera, and make them more memorable byapplying a variety of effects and scenes.Open the Camera app to capture that perfect moment. While waiting to take yournext photo, switch HTC Phone to Sleep mode. When you're ready to take morephotos and videos, just press POWER again to use the camera.Use the controls on the Viewfinder screen to add effects, zoom in or out, and more.Zooming§Before taking a photo or video, slide your finger on the zoom bar to zoom in orout.§Slide two fingers apart to zoom in or together to zoom out.§When you're recording video, the zoom bar is always onscreen. You can freelyzoom in or out while recording.Switching between the front and main cameraOn the Viewfinder screen, do any of the following:§Pull from the top or bottom edge in landscape view.§Pull from the left or right edge in portrait view.§Tap and then tap the Front/Main switch.Some camera features are not available when you’re using the front camera, suchas zooming.42 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Choosing an effectUse the available camera effects to make your photos look like they’ve been takenthrough special lenses or filters. You can also apply certain effects to videos.1. Tap .2. Scroll through the available effects and tap one that you like. Effects marked with can only be applied to photos.Setting the video resolution1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Settings, tap Video Quality, and then choose a video resolution.Choosing a flash modeTap the flash icon to choose a flash mode. When using Flash on or Auto flash mode, the camera intelligently sets the best flashbrightness for your photo.Taking a photo1. Open the Camera app.2. Just point the camera at what you want to capture. The camera adjusts thefocus automatically as you move it.3. When you're ready to take the photo, tap . You can also tap anywhere on the screen to take a photo if you turned on Touch tocapture in > Shutter option.Recording video1. Open the Camera app.2. When you're ready to start recording, tap .3. While recording, you can:§Freely zoom in or out.§Change focus to a different subject or area by just tapping it on theViewfinder screen.§Tap the flash icon to turn the flash on or off.4. To stop recording, tap .43 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Taking a photo while recording a video (VideoPic)Make sure that you're in Normal scene to use this feature.While you're recording video using the main camera, tap to capture a still shot ofyour subject.Turning off auto focusYou can only turn off auto focus before you start recording with the main camera.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Settings, tap Lock focus in video.Taking continuous camera shotsDo you want to take photos of moving subjects? Whether it’s your kid's football gameor a car race, you can capture the action.Make sure that you're in Normal scene to use this feature.1. On the Viewfinder screen, just press and hold . The camera takes up to 20consecutive shots of your subject.2. After taking the shots, do any of the following:§To keep just one photo, select the photo that you like the most, and thentap Best shot.§To save the photos as a batch, press .To get creative with your photos, open and edit them in the Gallery app. Additionalediting features are available for a batch of continuous shots, such as SequenceShot, Always Smile, and Object Removal.44 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Camera scenesA scene is a collection of settings to suit the lighting and environment. Use Normaland let the camera automatically determine optimal settings, or choose from a wideselection of scenes before you start taking photos.Try the Anti-shake mode to help lessen shakes and blurs in your photos.Improving portrait shotsIf you'd like your family or friends to look their best in your photos, make sure to usethe portrait scene. It smoothens the skin in your shots.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Photo capture mode, tap next to Scene, and then tap Portrait.3. When you're ready to take the photo, tap .Taking a self portraitNo one around to take your photo?1. Switch to the front camera by pulling the Viewfinder screen's top or bottomedge in landscape view. In portrait view, you can pull from the left or right edge to switch to the frontcamera.2. Tap anywhere on the screen to start the timer. The camera takes a photo afterthe countdown.Taking HTC Zoe photosDon’t let the best moments just pass by. With HTC Zoe, record memories as a "livingalbum" and capture a series of photos and a 3-second video at the same time. In theGallery app, HTC Zoe photos appear as a video clip and a cover photo. You can alsochoose a photo from the series to edit or share.Some camera features are not available when you’re using HTC Zoe, such aszooming.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap to switch HTC Zoe on.2. When you're ready to capture, tap . When you see the shutter release iconslowly turn red , continue holding the phone steady as the camera capturesa few seconds of shots.To get creative with your photos, open and edit them in the Gallery app. Additionalediting features are available for HTC Zoe photos, such as Sequence Shot, AlwaysSmile, and Object Removal.45 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Taking a panoramic photoWhether it’s the Golden Gate Bridge or the Eiffel Tower, you can capture anythingwide or tall in a single photo.Some camera features are not available when you’re in this mode, such as zooming.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Photo capture mode, tap Sweep panorama.3. When you're ready to take the shot, tap . Directional arrows appear,prompting you to pan left or right in landscape view (or pan up or down inportrait view).4. Pan HTC Phone as smoothly as you can to automatically capture frames. You can also tap to stop capturing anytime.The camera stitches the frames into a single photo.Using HDRWhen shooting portraits against a bright background, use the HDR (High DynamicRange) scene to capture your subjects clearly. HDR brings out the details of both thehighlights and shadows, even in high contrast lighting.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. To take an HDR photo, under Photo capture mode, tap HDR, and then tap . HDR is also available when you're using the front camera.HDR works best when your subject is steady. The camera takes multiple shots atdifferent exposure levels and combines them into one enhanced photo.Recording videos in slow motionRelive high speed action bit by bit and add a touch of suspense to your videos.1. On the Viewfinder screen, tap .2. Under Video capture mode, tap Scene > Slow motion video.3. Frame your subject on the Viewfinder screen.4. Tap to start recording.46 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
GalleryViewing photos and videos in GalleryReminisce on good times. Gallery lets you view all the photos and videos on HTCPhone or online albums. You can view photos by event or location, trim videos, addphoto frames and special effects, and more.1. Open the Gallery app. You'll see tiles of photos arranged by event. The view isrefreshed every time new photos or videos are shot or new images are added.To browse photos by album or location or see your friends' photos on socialnetworks, tap and choose how you want to view photos.2. Browse to an album or a group of photos.3. Tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. HTC Zoe photos appear as movingimages when viewed in Gallery or in full screen mode.When viewing HTC Zoe photos in full screen mode, a white dot on the progress barindicates the moment when the shutter button was pressed to capture the HTCZoe photo.Viewing photos and videos by eventView photos and videos based on when and where they were taken.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events. Photos and videos that you captured using HTC Phone aregrouped by time and location.3. Tap a tile to view all the photos and videos taken during a specific event.Viewing photos by locationUsing the Map view, you can view photos according to location.Only photos with geo-tag info appear on the map.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Locations.3. Zoom out or pan across the map until a numerical location indicator appears.The number in the location indicator shows how many photos were taken in thatarea.4. Tap the location indicator. The photos taken in the same area are displayed.Want to know where you took a particular photo? While viewing the photo in fullscreen, tap anywhere on the screen, and then tap > Show on map. (Show on mapis available when you've enabled Geo-tag photos in Camera.)47 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Watching and trimming a videoYou can capture a snapshot while watching a video, trim the video to removeunwanted scenes, and more.1. In the Gallery app's Album or Events view, go to the video that you want towatch.2. Tap the onscreen controls to play or pause the playback, adjust the volume, andmore. Tap > Select player to share the video on your home network.3. Tap to capture and save a still shot.4. To trim the video, tap > Edit.5. Drag the two trim sliders to the part where you want the video to begin andend.6. Tap to preview your trimmed video.7. Tap Save.The trimmed video is saved as a new file. The original video remains unedited.Changing the video playback speedWant to add a cinematic flair to your videos by slowing down particular scenes? Youcan vary the playback speed of selected sections of a slow motion video.You can only change the video playback speed of videos captured using the slowmotion scene in the Camera app.1. In the Gallery app's Album view, find the slow motion video you want to editand tap .2. Tap to switch between normal and slow motion playback.3. To adjust the playback speed of the video, tap > Edit > Adjust playbackspeed.4. Frame the sequence you want to slow down by moving the left and right sliders.5. Choose how much to slow the sequence down.6. Tap to watch the result.7. Tap Save.The edited video is saved as a new file. The original video remains unedited.48 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Viewing photo highlightsEasily see all your favorite photos in one place. Gallery automatically groups all yourmost viewed or shared photos (your highlights) in one album. You can also manuallyadd photos to the folder.§To view these favorite photos go to the Highlight album.§To manually add a highlight, view the photo in full screen, tap the photo, andthen tap .Viewing the highlights of an eventWant to share the excitement of a wedding or party? Gallery automatically selects thehighlights of an event and displays them in a highlight video that lasts about half aminute. The highlight video will include HTC Zoe photos, still photos, and video clips.Your most viewed or most shared content from an event are the top highlights.There are also background music themes that play with the show, and you can shufflethe content.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events.3. Tap a tile to see photos and videos taken at a certain event. You'll see a previewthat displays the highlight video created from the event.4. Tap the preview to view the highlight video in full screen.5. While viewing the show in full screen, tap the screen to access the controls. Youcan:§Tap to change to another theme.§Tap to shuffle the highlights.§Tap > Select content to manually choose content to be included in thehighlight video.§Tap > Select music to change the default soundtrack.§Tap > Save to create a video file of the highlights. The video will be savedin the Video Highlight folder.Organizing your photos and videosShowing or hiding albumsHave too many albums cluttering up Gallery? You can choose to show or hide albums.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Albums.3. Tap > Show/hide albums and choose which albums you'd like to show or hide.49 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Copying or moving a photo or video to another album1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the album that has the photo or video you want to copy or move.3. Press and hold the photo or video.4. Choose whether to move or copy the photo or video and then select thedestination album.Renaming an albumIf you have created albums to organize photos, you can rename these albums.1. In the Gallery app's Albums view, press and hold the album that you want torename.2. Tap Rename.Some albums, like Camera shots and All photos, cannot be renamed.Working with event photosPhotos and videos that you captured using HTC Phone are grouped together inEvents view according to the time and location they were taken. You can combinephotos from two events. You can also move photos from an event into a new orexisting event.1. In the Gallery app's Events view, press and hold the event that you want to splitor combine.2. Do one of the following:§Tap Merge to and then select another event to combine the two events.§Tap Split to and then select the pictures or videos in the event you want tosplit to another event. Tap Split and then tap an existing event as thedestination, or tap to create a new event as the destination.50 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Viewing photos in your social networksRight in the Gallery app, check what you and your friends have uploaded to yoursocial networks or photo sharing sites.Log on to your accounts and add them in Gallery before you start viewing onlinephotos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Friends.3. Tap a social network account or photo sharing site. In social networks, to comment on a photo, press and hold a photo thumbnail andthen tap Add comment.Adding an online service1. In the Gallery app's Albums view, tap > Add online service.2. Tap the social network or photo sharing service that you want to add.To remove a network or photo sharing service, on the Add online service screen tapthe service name and then tap > Remove.Editing your photosMake your pictures even better. Gallery has an array of editing tools that let you crop,rotate, apply and create photo effects, and much more to your photos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit.4. Do any of the following:§Tap Effects to apply a special effect filter to the photo.§Tap Frames to add a decorative frame to the photo.§Tap Retouch to make a portrait shot even better with red eye removal, skinsmoothing, and more.§Tap Transform to rotate, crop, flip, or straighten the photo.5. Tap > Save. Except for when applying rotation, edited photos are saved as copies of theoriginal.51 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adding custom photo effectsAre the existing photo effects not exactly what you are looking for? You can makeyour own photo effects in Gallery.You can only add effects to photos that are stored locally.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit.4. Tap Effects.5. Press and hold the effect you want to customize and drag it to Custom. You can also press and hold an effect and then drag it to a new location.6. On the Custom Effects screen you can:§Make changes to the effect by adjusting filters such as exposure, saturation,white balance, and more.§Use the slider bars on selected filters to adjust the intensity of the effect.§Rearrange filters to modify the effect. Press and hold the filter you want tomove. Then drag it to a new position.§Remove filters. Press and hold the filter you want to remove. Then drag itto Remove.§Tap to add more filters and create a more complex effect.7. Tap Done to apply the effects to your photo. To save your custom effects for future use, tap Save Preset.Creating an action sequence shotHop, skip, or jump. Create a sequence shot to stitch a series of actions in one photo.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Sequence Shot. You'll see framesthat you can combine in one photo.4. Select the frames that you want to include in the sequence shot.52 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
5. Tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Editing a group shotFinding it difficult to choose a group shot with the most smiles and the fewest blinks?Retouch a group shot so everyone looks their best in the photo.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Always Smile. You'll see circlesaround any faces detected in the photo.4. Select one face at a time and drag it sideways with your finger to select theexpression you want.5. After making your changes, tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Removing unwanted objects in a photoIs there a pedestrian or a passing car that ruins your otherwise perfect shot of afamous landmark? Retouch the photo to remove unwanted people or objects.You can use this feature when editing HTC Zoe photos. This feature is onlyavailable for continuous shots that are saved as a batch.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Browse to the photo that you want to edit.3. Tap the photo, and then tap Edit > Retouch > Object Removal. You'll see framesaround areas in the photo where objects have been automatically removed.To capture a precise moment in an HTC Zoe photo, while viewing the HTC Zoephoto, drag the slider on the progress bar until you see the image you want. Youcan then remove unwanted objects.4. To retain an object, tap on its image on the film strip.53 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
5. After making your changes, tap Done.6. Tap > Save. The edited photo is saved as a copy. The original photo remainsunedited.Sending your photos and videosSend photos and videos to your computer or to another device via email, MMS, orBluetooth.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the photo album or group of photos that you want to send.3. Tap Share and then choose how you want to send the photos and videos.4. Select the photos or videos you want to send and then tap Next. You can send several photos, videos, or both in an email message. They are addedas file attachments in your email.5. If you selected an HTC Zoe photo, you can choose to send it as a still image orvideo. If you choose to send it as a still image, the cover photo (the shot that wascaptured when the shutter was pressed) will be sent.6. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish sending your photos and videos.From an HTC Zoe photo, you can also share a frame other than the cover photo.While viewing the HTC Zoe photo, tap it to display the playback controls. Drag theslider on the progress bar to the frame that you want, tap Share, and then choosehow you want to send it.Sharing your photos on social networksUse the Gallery app to share photos straight to your social networks.§Log in to your social network account before you upload photos or videos.§Some social networks only allow you to upload photos.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Go to the photo album or group of photos that you want to share.3. Tap Share and choose which social network you want to upload to. Use HTC Share to provide your recipients with the total HTC Zoe experience,including a highlight video and a collage of your best photos.54 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
4. Select the items you want to share and then tap Next. If you selected an HTC Zoe photo, you can choose to share it as a still image orvideo.If you choose to share it as a still image, the cover photo (the shot that wascaptured when the shutter was pressed) will be shared.5. Follow the onscreen instructions to upload your photos and videos. You may beable to enter a caption, select the online album you want to upload to, selectprivacy options, and more.From an HTC Zoe photo, you can also share a frame other than the cover photo.While viewing the HTC Zoe photo, tap it to display the playback controls. Drag theslider on the progress bar to the frame that you want, tap Share, and then choosehow you want to share it.Sharing memories through HTC ShareIt's easy to create a collage of your best photos and share them with friends andfamily with HTC Share.§Build and share your collage quickly. Highlights of the event have been pickedfor you.§Add still photos or even include a highlight video. You can also add HTC Zoephotos.§Share through a URL link—no need for bulky attachments.You must have an HTC Account to share a collage using HTC Share. Friends andfamily do not need an HTC Account to view or download photos from your collage.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Events.3. Tap a tile to see the photos taken at a certain event.4. Tap > HTC Share. The highlights are ready to be uploaded.5. Review your collage, and refine it:§Tap a photo to show options for replacing and more.§If available, tap to select more content from the same album or event.Worried about data charges? Tap > Settings and choose Wi-Fi connection. Whenuploading, you will be prompted to use the Wi‑Fi connection.6. Fill in details, such as title and description.55 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
7. Tap Upload, and wait for HTC Phone to finish uploading.8. Under Share to, select how you want to share your collage.A link is sent to friends and family or a status update appears on their social networks.For a period of time, they can:§Tap or click the link to view the collage on a web browser.§Tap or click a photo in the collage to see a bigger view or to see the downloadoption.Do not reproduce, distribute, or otherwise use copyrighted materials in connectionwith the Video Highlights feature unless you have secured the copyright owner’spermission first.Managing collections in HTC ShareWant to share photos to more friends or delete those you have already uploaded toHTC Share?1. On the screen that allows you to upload photos to HTC Share, tap > My HTCShares.2. You can:§Send the collection to more recipients. Next to the collection's name, tap > Reshare, and then select how you want to share your photos.§Delete collections. Tap > Delete and then select the collections you wantto remove from HTC Share.Your collections are only available for a limited time. If you do not delete yourphotos during the allotted time, they are automatically removed from the server.§View how much storage is available for your account.56 Camera and GalleryHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
PersonalizingMaking HTC Phone truly yoursMake HTC Phone look and sound just the way you want it. Personalize it with adifferent wallpaper and ringtone, and you can also choose notification sounds forevents such as incoming text, email, and calendar reminders.Changing your wallpaperPick your favorite photo as your Home wallpaper. Choose from the availablewallpapers, or use any photo you've taken with the camera.You can also use the HTC Get Started service to choose a photo from your computeras your wallpaper.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Wallpaper.3. Tap one of the following:HTC wallpapers Choose a preset wallpaper, and then tap Preview.Live wallpapers Choose a preset animated wallpaper, and then tap Preview.If the animated wallpaper you chose can be customized, tapSettings.ComputerphotosUse the HTC Get Started service to choose a photo fromyour computer and use it as a wallpaper on HTC Phone.Gallery Choose an existing photo and crop it.4. Tap Done or Apply.Adding a widget to your Home screenWidgets make at-a-glance important information and media content easily available.Choose from a selection of widgets and add the most useful ones to your Homescreen.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.57 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Tap > Widgets. You can:§Swipe to browse through the widgets.§Tap to search for specific widgets.Some widgets are available in different styles and sizes.4. Press and hold and then drag a widget to a home screen thumbnail where youwant to add it.You can also add widgets that allow you to quickly switch on or off certain settingssuch as Wi‑Fi and Bluetooth.Changing the settings of a widgetYou can modify basic settings of some widgets (for example, the People widget) fromthe Home screen.1. Press and hold a widget on your Home screen, and then drag it to . The relevant screen where you can change some settings for this widget thenopens.2. Customize the widget settings.Resizing a widgetSome widgets can be resized after you've added them to your Home screen.1. Press and hold a widget on the Home screen, and then release your finger. If aborder appears, that means the widget is resizable.2. Drag the sides of the border to enlarge or shrink the widget size.58 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adding apps and other shortcuts on yourHome screenPlace apps you often use on your Home screen. You can also add shortcuts tofrequently used settings, bookmarked webpages, and more.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.3. Tap > Apps or Shortcuts. You can:§Swipe to browse through the apps or shortcuts.§Tap to search for specific apps or shortcuts.4. Press and hold and then drag an app or a shortcut to a home screen thumbnailwhere you want to add it.To add an app from the All apps view, press and hold an app and drag it to .Drop the app on an empty space in the Home screen.Rearranging or removing widgets and icons onyour Home screenMoving a widget or iconYou can easily move a widget or icon from one Home screen panel to another.1. Press and hold the widget or icon with one finger.2. With another finger, flick left or right to rotate the screen to another Homescreen panel. 59 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Release the widget or icon.4. To move the widget or icon to another position on the panel, just press and holdand then drag it.Removing a widget or icon1. Press and hold the widget or icon you want to remove, and then drag it to .2. When the widget or icon turns red, lift your finger.Personalizing the launch barThe launch bar gives you one-touch access to commonly used apps. You can replacethe apps on the launch bar with other apps you often use.1. Press and hold the app you want to replace, and then drag it out to . 2. Press and hold an app, and then drag it to the empty slot on the launch bar.§You can also group apps on the launch bar into a folder.§The apps or shortcuts you see on the lock screen are the same as the ones on thelaunch bar.Grouping apps into a folderUse folders to group apps on the launch bar or on your Home screen to free up spaceso you can add more apps.1. Press and hold an app, and then drag it over to another app to automaticallycreate a folder. 2. Tap the folder to open it.60 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Tap .4. Select one or more apps that you want to add to the folder.5. Tap Done.§You can also add shortcuts to settings or information. Add a shortcut first to theHome screen, and then drag it over to the folder.§You can also group apps into a folder in the All Apps view. Tap > Custom. Pressand hold an app and drag it to another app. Do the same for more apps that youwant to group into the folder.Renaming a folder1. Tap the folder to open it.2. Tap the folder window’s title bar.3. Enter a new folder name.4. Tap outside the folder to close it.Removing items from a folder1. Tap the folder to open it.2. Press and hold an app, and then drag it out to to remove. To remove an app in the All Apps view, press and hold the app and drag it out ofthe folder.If there's only one item left in the folder, the folder ungroups the last item andremoves itself automatically.Adding a Home screen panelAdd a Home screen if you have more widgets, apps, and shortcuts that you want toaccess right away.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Customize home screen.3. Tap Add panel. A new Home screen appears. You can start adding widgets,apps, and shortcuts.To remove a panel, press and hold and then drag it to .61 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Changing your ringtone, notifications, andsounds1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Under Sound, change the ringtone, notification sound, and alarm. Go to the Messages, Mail, Calendar, and Tasks apps to choose sounds for newmessages, email, calendar, and task reminders respectively.Want alarms to ring louder but notifications to be more discreet? In Settings, tapSound > Volumes and set the volume levels for each sound type.Rearranging application tabsYou can add to or rearrange the tabs in some apps to make it easy to get to the mostimportant information.1. Open an app that has tabs.2. Press and hold a tab until a screen for rearranging tabs appears.3. You can:§Select the tabs you want to add.§Change the order of the tabs. Press and hold next to a tab, and thendrag to the new position.4. Tap Done.Customizing the lock screen styleChoose from our selection of lock screens. Some lock screens are customizable.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Personalize.2. Tap Lock screen style.3. Swipe to choose a lock screen style.4. Tap the lock screen style to see a preview. If you want to further customize it,tap Settings.5. Tap Apply.62 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Hiding missed calls and messages on the lockscreenYou'll see missed calls and messages on the lock screen. Want these hidden instead?1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Clear the Phone notification preview and Message notification preview options.Securing HTC Phone with a personal touchMake unlocking your phone as easy as looking at it. Help protect your personalinformation and help prevent others from using HTC Phone without your permissionby setting up face unlock.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Screen lock > Face Unlock.3. Tap Set it up and follow the onscreen instructions.4. Choose a backup unlock method to use in case the phone doesn't recognizeyou.5. Tap Lock phone after, then specify the idle time before the screen is locked. You can also tap Improve face matching on the Security screen to train HTC Phoneto recognize your face in different situations, such as when you're wearing glassesor sporting a beard.You'll be asked to unlock the screen every time HTC Phone is turned on or when it’sidle for a certain period of time.To further improve security, select Liveness check on the Security screen. You'll beasked to blink to unlock the screen.63 PersonalizingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Phone callsMaking a call with Smart dialYou can either dial a number directly, or use Smart dial to quickly place a call. Smartdial searches and calls a stored/synced contact or a number from your call history.1. Open the Phone app.2. Enter the phone number or first few letters of the contact’s name to see the topmatching contact. If there is more than one match, you'll be told how many matches. For example, tap"8 MATCHES" to see all 8 matches.3. Tap the contact you want to call. §To check other phone numbers associated with the contact, tap beside thecontact name.§If the phone number has an extension, tap after connecting to the main line andthen dial the extension number.4. To hang up, tap End Call.Changing the Phone dialer layoutSwitch between the Smart dial keypad to find contacts with just a few taps and a fullscreen keypad that gives you more room to enter phone numbers.1. Open the Phone app.2. Tap > Full screen keypad or Smart dial keypad.Dialing an extension numberTo skip voice prompts when dialing an extension number, do one of the following:§After dialing the main number, press and hold * . The letter p is added to thenumber you are dialing. Enter the extension number, and then tap Call. You willbe connected to the mainline and then to the extension number.§After dialing the main number, press and hold #. The letter w is added to thenumber you are dialing. Enter the extension number, and then tap Call. Afterconnecting to the main line, tap Send to dial the extension number.You can save phone numbers with an extension in the People app.64 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Returning a missed callYou'll see the missed call icon in the status bar when you miss a call.1. Slide the Notifications panel open to check who the caller is.2. To return the call, spread your two fingers on the missed call notification toexpand it, and then tap Call back.If you have multiple missed calls, tap the missed calls notification to open the CallHistory tab.Using Speed dialUse Speed dial to call a phone number with a single tap. For example, if you assign acontact’s number to the number 2 key, you can just press and hold 2 to dial thenumber.The number 1 key is generally reserved for your voicemail. Press and hold this keyto call voicemail and retrieve your voicemail messages.Assigning a speed dial key1. Open the Phone app.2. Tap > Speed dial > . You can also press and hold an unassigned key on the dialpad, and then tap Yes.3. Select a contact from the list.4. On the Speed dial screen, choose the phone number of the contact to use, and aspeed dial key to assign.5. Tap Save.Calling a phone number in a text message1. Tap the phone number within the message.2. Tap Call. To call the message sender, tap the received message, and then tap Call on theoptions menu.65 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Calling a phone number in an email1. Tap the phone number in the email body.2. Tap Call.Calling a phone number in a Calendar event1. Open an event in Calendar.2. On the Event details screen, tap the phone number.3. Tap Call.Making an emergency callIn some regions, you can make emergency calls from HTC Phone even if you don’thave a SIM card installed or your SIM card has been blocked.If you don't have a network signal, you won't be able to make an emergency call.1. Open the Phone app.2. Dial the emergency number for your locale, and then tap Call.If you've enabled but forgotten your lock password or lock pattern, you can stillmake emergency calls by tapping Emergency call on the screen.Receiving callsWhen you receive a phone call from a contact, the Incoming call screen appears.HTC Phone will automatically adjust the ringtone volume when you use the politeringer and pocket mode features.Answering or rejecting a callDo one of the following:§If the display is on when you get a call, tap Answer or Decline.§If the display is locked when you get a call, drag or upwards.After declining a call, you can send a text message to the caller or create a task toremind you to return the call.You can also press the POWER button twice to reject a call.66 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Muting the ringing sound without rejecting the callDo one of the following:§Press the VOLUME DOWN or VOLUME UP button.§Press the POWER button.§Place HTC Phone face down on a level surface.If HTC Phone is already facing down, it will still ring when there are subsequentincoming calls.Look who's callingEvery time you make a call or your friend gives you a ring, you get to see your friend’slatest social network status update right on the call screen. You’ll also see a birthdayreminder if your friend’s birthday (stored on your phone or online account) willhappen in a few days.Viewing a task reminder while on a callDid you promise to babysit for a friend this weekend? If you associate a task with adue date to a contact, you'll see a task reminder on the call screen when you're on acall with that friend.If the contact has a recent status update, you won't be able to see the taskreminder.What can I do during a call?When a call is in progress, you can turn the speakerphone on, place the call on hold,and more.Putting a call on holdTo put the call on hold, tap > Hold. The status bar then displays the hold call icon.To resume the call, tap > Unhold.Switching between callsIf you’re already in a call and you accept another call, you can switch between the twocalls.1. When you receive another call, tap Answer to accept the second call and putthe first call on hold.2. To switch between the calls, tap the person you want to talk to on the screen.67 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Turning the speakerphone on or off during a callTo decrease potential damage to your hearing, do not hold HTC Phone to your earwhen the speakerphone is on.§On the call screen, tap . The speakerphone icon appears in the status bar.§To turn the speakerphone off, tap .Muting the microphone during a callOn the call screen, tap to toggle between turning the microphone on or off. Whenthe microphone is turned off, the mute icon appears in the status bar.Ending a callDo one of the following to end the call:§On the call screen, tap End Call.§Slide the Notifications panel open, then tap .If the phone number of the person who called is not in your contacts list, you canchoose to save the number to your contacts list after you hang up.Setting up a conference callConference calling with your friends, family, or co-workers is easy. Make the first call(or accept a call), and then simply dial each subsequent call to add it to theconference.Make sure your SIM card is enabled with conference calling service. Contact yourmobile operator for details.1. Make a call to the first conference call participant.2. When connected, tap > Add call, and then dial the number of the secondparticipant. The first participant is put on hold.3. When connected to the second participant, tap .4. To add another participant, tap , and then dial the number of the contact.5. When connected, tap to add the participant to the conference call.6. To talk to a person in the conference call in private, tap and then selectPrivate call.To end the call with a participant, tap and then tap Finish this call.To end the conference call, tap End Call.68 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Checking calls in the Call HistoryUse Call History to check missed calls, your dialed numbers, and received calls.1. Open the Phone app.2. Swipe to view the Call History tab.3. Do one of the following:§Tap a name or number in the list to call.§Press and hold a name or number in the list to display the options menu.§Tap to display just a particular type of call such as missed calls oroutgoing calls.Adding a new phone number to your contacts from Call History1. On the Call History tab, tap .2. Choose whether to create a new contact or save the number to an existingcontact.Clearing the Call History listOn the Call History tab, do one of the following:Remove one name ornumberPress and hold the name or number, and then tap Deletefrom call history.Clear the entire list Tap > Remove call history. On the Delete from call historyscreen, tap > Select all, and then tap Delete.Blocking a callerWhen you block a phone number or a contact, all calls from the phone number orcontact will be declined automatically.On the Call History tab, press and hold the contact or phone number you want toblock, and then tap Block contact.You can always remove a caller from your blocked list. On the Call History tab, tap > Blocked contacts. Press and hold a contact, and then tap Unblock contacts.69 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Changing ringtone settingsSwitching between silent, vibrate, and normal modesDo one of the following:§To change from silent to normal mode, press the VOLUME UP button.§To change from vibrate to normal mode, press the VOLUME UP button twice.§Go to Settings, and then tap Sound > Sound profile.Lowering the ring volume automaticallyHTC Phone has a quiet ring feature that automatically lowers the ring volume whenyou move it.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Quiet ring on pickup option.Making HTC Phone ring louder in your pocket or bagTo help avoid missing incoming calls when HTC Phone is in your pocket or bag, thepocket mode feature gradually increases the ring volume and vibrates when youreceive a call.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Pocket mode option.Home dialingWhen you're on a trip abroad, it's easy to dial friends and family from home.Your home country code is automatically added when you call your contacts whileroaming. But when manually entering a phone number to call, you need to enter a plus(+) sign and country code before the number.Using a roaming service may incur additional charges. Check with your mobileoperator for rates before using a roaming service.Changing the default country code for Home dialing1. Go to Settings, and then tap Call.2. Tap Home dialing settings.3. Select a country, and then tap OK.70 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Turning off Home dialingIf you prefer to manually enter complete phone numbers to call while roaming, youcan turn off Home dialing.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Call.2. Under Other settings, clear the Home dialing option.71 Phone callsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
MessagesSending a text message (SMS)1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Enter a contact name or mobile number in the To field.4. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message. 5. Tap , or press to save the message as a draft. §There is a limit on the number of characters for a single text message (displayedabove ). If you exceed the limit, your text message will be delivered as one butwill be billed as more than one message.§Your text message automatically becomes a multimedia message if you enter anemail address as the recipient, add a message subject, attach an item, or composea very long message.Sending a multimedia message (MMS)1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Enter a contact name, mobile number, or email address in the To field.4. To add a subject line, tap > Add subject.5. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message.6. Tap , and then choose an attachment type.7. Select or browse for the item to attach.72 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
8. After adding an attachment, tap to see options for replacing, viewing orremoving your attachment.9. Tap , or press to save the message as a draft.Depending on the resolution of your photo or video attachments, they may bedisplayed as cropped thumbnails in your multimedia message.Creating a slideshow1. After you've added either a photo, video, or audio in the multimedia messageyou’re composing, tap > Slide.2. Choose where you want to insert the next slide.3. Right after adding a slide, do one of the following:§Tap , and then choose to add a photo or a video.§Tap > Audio to add music or a voice recording to a slide.§Tap Add text, and then enter your caption.§Tap to see options for replacing, viewing, or removing yourattachment.4. Tap > Preview. Tap once on the preview screen to see playback controls.5. When finished, tap , or press to save the message as a draft.Can't find your contacts' email addresses in Messages?1. If only phone numbers are showing up when you're entering a contactname, tap .2. Tap > Show Email.To always show email addresses, tap on the Messages screen, and then tapSettings > General > Show email address.73 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sending a group messageGroup messaging makes it easy to send a message to multiple contacts all at once.You can choose to send a group SMS or group MMS.Group MMS may incur extra data fees.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap .3. Tap , and then select multiple recipients.4. To send a group SMS, make sure that Send as individual messages is selected.Clear this option to send your message as a group MMS.GroupSMSYour message will be sent to the recipients as a text message andyou will be charged by your mobile operator for each message sent.Replies of your recipients are sorted separately.GroupMMSSimilar to a group chat, sending a group MMS lets your recipientsjoin the conversation you've started.HTC Phone also organizes message replies in a single conversationthread. If this is your first time to send a group MMS, you may needto enter your mobile phone number.5. Tap the box that says Add text, then enter your message.6. Tap .Top questions on group MMSWhy can't my recipients see or join the group MMS I sent tothem?Check whether your recipients have enabled Group messaging on their mobiledevices. Some devices or mobile operators may not support this feature.How do I receive or block group MMS?In Message settings, tap Multimedia messages (MMS), and then turn GroupMessaging on or off.74 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Resuming a draft messageOpen a draft message right from the Messages screen, edit the message, and then tap.To see all draft messages in one place, tap on the Messages screen, and then tapDrafts.Replying to a message1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the box that says Add text, and then enter your message.3. Tap .Replying to a contact's other phone numberWhen a contact has multiple phone numbers stored on HTC Phone, you can selectwhich phone number to reply to.Keep in mind that your response will be sent to the phone number of the latestmessage you’ve received from this contact.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap > Open contact. If you have recently received or sent a message to the contact, tap and selectwhich phone number you want to reply to.3. On the Details tab, tap next to the phone number you want to reply to.75 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
4. Tap the box that says Add text, then enter your reply message.5. Tap .Saving a text message in the Tasks appSave a text message in your Tasks list so you can remind yourself when to reply.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message you want to save, and then tap Save as task.3. Enter other details or change the task title.4. Tap Save.Forwarding a message1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to view the exchangeof messages with that contact.2. Tap a message, and then tap Forward.3. In the To field, fill in one or more recipients.4. Tap .Viewing and saving an attachment from amultimedia message§If there’s a media attachment such as a photo or video in a received message,tap it to view the content.§To save the attachment, tap the multimedia message, and then choose to savefrom the options menu.§If the attachment is a contact (vCard), tap it to view the contact information,then tap Save to add to your contacts.§If the attachment is an appointment or event (vCalendar), tap it to choose thecalendar where to save it, and then tap Import.If you are concerned about the size of your data downloads, you can choose tocheck the size and subject first before you download a multimedia message. On theMessages screen, tap > Settings > Multimedia messages (MMS). Clear the Auto-retrieve option.76 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Moving messages to the secure boxYou can move private messages to the secure box. You will need to enter a passwordto read these messages.§The secure box does not encrypt messages.§Messages stored on your SIM card cannot be moved to the secure box.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap > Move to secure box.3. Select the messages, and then tap Move.To move all the messages from a contact, on the Messages screen, press and holdthe contact and tap Move to secure box.§To read messages in the secure box, on the Messages screen, tap > Secure. Ifit is your first time to use the secure box, set a password.§To remove messages or contacts from the secure box, press and hold thecontact (or phone number) and tap Move to general box.Blocking unwanted messagesDeclutter your Messages screen by moving spam messages from contacts to theblock box. If you have blocked a contact, that contact's messages will also be in theblock box.§On the Messages screen, press and hold a contact (or phone number) and tapBlock contact.§To block multiple contacts, tap > Block contacts, select the contacts, and tapMove.When the contact sends you messages, you will not see them in the Messages screenor receive notifications and calls.To read messages in the block box, on the Messages screen, tap > Block.§To remove messages or contacts from the block box, press and hold the contact(or phone number) and tap Unblock.§To completely discard future messages from blocked contacts, clear the Saveblock message option in the Messages settings.77 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
WAP push messagesWAP push messages contain a web link. Often, the link will be to download a file thatyou have requested from a service provider. Open only links from sources that youtrust.When you receive a WAP push message, a notification icon is displayed in thestatus bar.Opening and reading a new WAP push message1. Open the Notifications panel, and then tap the push message notification.2. Tap Visit website.Viewing all your WAP push messages1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Push messages. You can only see this option if you've previously received WAP push messages.Copying a text message to your SIM card1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message, and then tap Copy to SIM. A SIM card icon is displayed.Deleting messages and conversationsOn the Messages screen, do any of the following:Delete amessageOpen the conversation thread with a contact, tap the message,and then tap Delete message.To delete multiple messages within a conversation, tap > Deletemessages > Delete by selection, and then select the messages todelete.Delete aconversationPress and hold a contact (or phone number), and then tap Delete.To delete multiple conversations, on the Messages screen, tap >Delete threads, and then select the conversations to delete.In the Messages settings, tap General > Delete old messages to auto delete oldmessages.78 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
How do I protect a message from being deleted?You can lock a message so that it will not be deleted even if you delete theother messages in the conversation.1. On the Messages screen, tap a contact (or phone number) to display theexchange of messages with that contact.2. Tap the message that you want to lock.3. Tap Lock message on the options menu. A lock icon is displayed.79 MessagesHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Search and web browserSearching HTC Phone and the WebYou can search for information on HTC Phone and on the Web. Start your search byentering a keyword or by using Google Voice Search™.Some apps, such as People or Mail, have their own search function, which you canuse to search only within those apps.Performing searches on the Web and HTC Phone1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button. If you've already set up a Google account on HTC Phone, you will be given theoption to sign in to Google Now™. See Getting instant information with Google Nowon page 81.2. In the search box, enter what you want to search for. As you type, matchingitems on HTC Phone and suggestions from Google web search are shown.To search for the information exclusively on HTC Phone, swipe your finger up thescreen, and then tap Search phone.3. If what you’re searching for is in the list of suggestions, tap the item to open it inits compatible app.Searching the Web with your voiceUse Google Voice Search to find information on the Web by speaking to HTC Phone.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Tap , and then say what you want to search for. After speaking, matchingitems from Google web search are shown.3. If what you’re searching for is in the list, tap the item to open it in its compatibleapp. Otherwise, tap to search again.80 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Setting search options1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings to set the followingoptions:§Voice. Set the Google Voice Search language, speech output, and more.§Phone search. Select which apps on HTC Phone are included when doing asearch.§Privacy & accounts. Manage your location history, enable recent websearches to show, or clear your search history.Getting instant information with Google NowDo you want to know the weather or your morning commute time before you startyour day? Google Now delivers quick and up-to-date information that matters to you—all without the search.Depending on your location, time of day, and previous Google searches, Google Nowdisplays information cards that include:§The day's weather and the weather forecast for upcoming days.§The traffic conditions on your way to work or your commute back home.§The directions and travel time to your next appointment.§The next train or bus arriving at your platform or bus stop.§Your favorite team's score and standings while you enjoy the game.Setting up Google NowBefore setting up Google Now:§Make sure that you're signed in to your Google account.§Turn location services on and make sure that you have an Internet connection.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. The subsequent screens show examples of Google Now information cards. TapNext until you reach the Get Google Now! screen.3. Tap Yes, I'm in. Google Now information cards will start to appear on theGoogle search screen.4. To see all available information cards, tap Show sample cards.More information cards will appear on the Google search screen as you use HTCPhone to search the Web, create appointments, and more.81 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Changing card settingsYou can easily customize the settings of Google Now cards to suit your informationneeds. For example, you can change your home and work addresses in the Trafficcard or choose which time of the day the Weather card appears. You can also keep acard from appearing on the Google search screen.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings > Google Now.3. Tap the information card you want to customize.4. Tap a card setting, and then change it to your preference. To hide the card, tap the On/Off switch next to the card name.5. Press to save your changes and return to the previous screen.Refreshing Google NowRefresh Google Now to update the information cards or show relevant cards forinformation that you've just added on HTC Phone, like an upcoming event in Calendar.1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Refresh.Turning off Google Now1. Open the Google app. Or swipe up from the button.2. Scroll to the bottom of the screen, and then tap > Settings > Google Now.3. Tap the On/Off switch next to Google Now.4. Tap Turn off.Browsing the Web1. Open the Internet app.2. Tap the URL box on top of the screen. If the webpage is in fullscreen mode, flick the screen down to show the URL boxand other options.3. Enter the webpage address or your search keywords.82 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
4. On the webpage, you can:§Tap a link to open it, or press and hold a link to see more options.§Tap an email address to send a message to the email address.§Press and hold an image to save, copy, or set it as your wallpaper.5. To return to the previous webpage you've viewed, tap , and then tap or .Switching to Read modeWant to read a Web article without distractions? Read mode removes menus,banners, and backgrounds from a webpage.Read mode may not be available on certain webpages.While viewing a webpage, tap before the URL address. The browser remains inRead mode even when you browse other pages on the same website.To turn Read mode off, tap .Maximizing your browsing space§To hide the status bar when browsing, tap > Settings > General, and thenselect Fullscreen.§While browsing a webpage, tap > Desktop View to display the full desktopversion of the webpage.83 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Using browser tabsOpen multiple browser tabs and quickly switch from one webpage to another.Open the Internet app.§To add a browser tab, tap > . Repeat the same to open new browser tabs.§To switch among browser tabs, tap and swipe to the webpage you want toview. Tap the browser tab to display the webpage in full screen.§To close a browser tab, tap , and then tap .Saving web content for laterSave webpages to read later, even without an Internet connection. You can also addsome video clips on webpages to the Watch list so you can quickly find and watchthem whenever you like.HTC Phone saves webpage text and images only. You will need Internet connectionto open linked pages and play video clips.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > .2. Tap Reading list or Watch list. When the webpage you're adding to the Watch list has one or more video clips,you'll be asked to choose which videos you want to add.To view a saved webpage or video clip, tap > Saved. Swipe to the Reading list orWatch list, and then tap a webpage or video you want to view.84 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Setting browser optionsCustomize the web browser to suit your browsing style. Set display, privacy, andsecurity options when using the web browser.From the browser screen, tap > Settings.Bookmarking a webpageAdd your favorite webpages as bookmarks so you can access them quickly.Bookmark a webpage in a normal browser screen and not when you're browsingincognito.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > > Bookmarks.2. On the Bookmark this page screen, you can edit the bookmark name, sync thebookmark with an online account, or save the bookmark in a new categoryfolder.3. Tap Done.To view and open a bookmark, tap > Bookmarks. Navigate to the bookmark youwant to open, and then tap it.You can also add a bookmark directly to the Home screen. While viewing awebpage, tap > > Home screen.85 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Not seeing your bookmark?On the Bookmarks screen, tap and select All bookmarks. HTC Phone willdisplay all your bookmarks, including those which are synced with an onlineaccount.Syncing your bookmarks with Google ChromeCreate bookmarks from your computer's Google Chrome™ browser and sync them onHTC Phone. For more information about Google Chrome, visit http://support.google.com/chrome.§Using your Google Chrome desktop browser, you need to sign in to your GoogleAccount and set up Google Chrome sync.§Be sure that you are logged in to your Google Account every time you saveGoogle Chrome bookmarks on your computer.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap Google.3. Tap your Google Account.4. Select the Internet option.Using your browsing historyHTC Phone keeps a record of webpages you've visited.If you don't want HTC Phone to keep your browsing history, browse using anincognito tab. See Private browsing on page 87.1. While viewing a webpage, tap > History.2. Swipe to the History or Most visited tab.3. Navigate to the webpage that you want to view, and then tap it.86 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Clearing your browsing history1. While viewing a webpage, tap > Settings > Privacy & security > Clear history.2. Tap OK.All webpage entries in the History and Most visited tabs are deleted.If you want to delete a single webpage entry, go to the History or Most visited tab,press and hold the webpage entry, and then tap Remove from history or Removefrom most visited.Private browsingYou can use incognito tabs to browse the Web with more privacy. Browser cookiesare deleted and not shared when you close all incognito tabs. Pages you view inincognito also won't appear in your browser history (except for files you'vedownloaded).From the browser screen, tap > .87 Search and web browserHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
EntertainmentMusicListening to musicEnjoy your favorite songs on HTC Phone using the Music app.When you open the Music app for the first time, you'll be asked if you would like toautomatically download related content, such as album covers and artist photos, toHTC Phone.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then choose if you want to browse by artists, albums, or othercategories.3. Tap a song to play.4. Tap the onscreen icons to control music playback, repeat songs, and more.Press and drag your finger across theprogress bar to jump to any part of the song.Turn shuffle on or off. (Shuffle is off whenbutton is gray.)Cycle through the repeat modes: repeat allsongs, repeat current song, and don’t repeat.Open the full screen player (Music Channel)to view lyrics and music visualization whilethe song is being played.(You can set whether the full screen playerstarts automatically or not in Music settings.)Minimize the Now playing screen to continuebrowsing your music collection.When you're listening to music and the screen display turns off, press POWER toturn the screen back on and control the music playback directly on the Lockscreen.88 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Making your music sound betterTurn on Beats Audio for an enhanced sound experience. Songs and videos sound richand authentic, especially when played in Music and Gallery apps.To turn the Beats Audio profile on or off, go to Settings, and then tap the Beats AudioOn/Off switch.Creating and working with playlistsPersonalize your music experience by creating music playlists. Make a playlistcontaining just your favorite songs or create one to match your mood for the day.You can make as many playlists as you like.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then select Playlists.3. Tap , and then enter a playlist name.4. To add songs, tap beside the title text box, browse your music collection,and then tap a song to add. Repeat this step to add more songs.5. You can also:Rearrange songs Press and hold next to the song title you want tomove, and then drag it to its new position.Delete songs Select the songs you want to remove from the playlist.Change playlistnameType the new name of the playlist in the title text box.6. Tap Save.To edit a playlist you've created, tap on the Music app's main screen, and thenselect Playlists. Open a playlist, and then tap > Edit playlist.Playing the songs in a playlist1. Open the Music app.2. Tap > Playlists.3. Tap a playlist, and then tap the song you want to play first.When you tap a song, the screen is updated with the songs from your playlist.89 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Deleting playlists1. Open the Music app.2. Tap > Playlists.3. You can:§Press and hold the playlist you want to delete, and then tap Delete playlist.§Tap > Delete playlists to remove several playlists.Adding a song to the queueWhile playing a song, you can also browse other tracks stored on HTC Phone. Add asong or an album to the queue so it plays when the current playlist has finishedplaying.1. While a song is playing, browse for other tracks.2. Do any of the following:§When you find the album or folder that you like, press and hold it, and thentap Add to queue.§Browse for a playlist or an artist, and then tap > Add to queue.§To add a single track, browse for the song, and then tap > Add toqueue.Updating album covers and artist photosTo save on data usage, you might want to connect to a Wi‑Fi network whenupdating your album covers and artist photos. In Music settings, select Wi-Fi only.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , and then select Artists or Albums.3. Tap > Update artist photos or Update album art.If you want HTC Phone to automatically check and update your music collection, tap on the Music app's main screen, and then tap Settings. Select Album art and Artistphotos.Setting a song as a ringtonePick a song from your Music library and set it as your ringtone or as ringtone for afavorite contact.1. Open the Music app.2. Play the song that you want to set as a ringtone.3. Tap > Set as ringtone.4. Tap Phone ringtone or Contact ringtone. If you select Contact ringtone, choosethe contacts you want to associate the ringtone with.90 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Trimming an MP3 ringtoneUse the Music app's ringtone trimmer if you want to set only a part of the song asringtone.1. When you find the song that you want, tap > Set as ringtone > Trim theringtone.2. Drag the trim sliders to the part where you want the ringtone to begin andend. For a more precise trimming, tap the left or right arrow buttons. Time markersindicate where you are on the song.3. When you're done trimming, tap Set as.4. Choose whether to set your trimmed song as your Phone ringtone or Contactringtone.You can see your new ringtone in the phone settings. Go to Settings > Sound >Ringtone.Searching for lyrics, music videos, and moreViewing song lyricsLove a song so much that you want to sing along? HTC Phone gives your music anextra kick with song lyrics and cool music visualizations.To save on data usage, you might want to connect to a Wi‑Fi network whendownloading lyrics. In Music settings, select Wi-Fi only.1. Open the Music app.2. Tap , select a category, and then tap a song to play.3. Tap to view the lyrics in full screen. Song lyrics appear onscreen if contenthas been successfully downloaded. Want a different visual for your music? Tap and select a scene. If you want thescene to change for every song, select Random.4. To jump to another part of the song, tap the screen to make the progress barappear. Press and drag your finger across the progress bar, or press and hold or .5. To scroll through the lyrics, tap .6. To return to the Now playing screen, press .Not all languages are supported.91 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Looking up related music infoSoundHound can find info about the song you're listening to.While a song is playing, tap > Get info.You can look up the lyrics, learn about the artist's tour dates, and more.Finding music videos on YouTubeIt's easy to find music videos of the song you’re listening to on YouTube®.On the Now playing screen, tap > Search > YouTube.Wireless displaySharing on a big screenShare what you're viewing on HTC Phone onto a big screen TV.§If you have a home theater system that's DLNA® compliant, you can share yourphotos, videos, movies, and music from HTC Phone to your TV through yourhome Wi‑Fi network.§Don't have a DLNA setup at home? Don't worry. Just purchase the HTC MediaLink HD and hook it up to your HDMI TV. You can then wirelessly share whatyou're viewing or listening on HTC Phone to your TV.About HTC Media Link HDYou can plug in HTC Media Link HD to any TV with HDMI port, and use it to displaycontent wirelessly to your TV.HTC Media Link HD is sold separately.Easy to set up and useWith just a three-finger swipe, connect HTC Phone to HTC Media Link HD and shareon the big screen.Multitask with dual-screen displayHTC Media Link HD gives you dual-screen display when you're:92 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
§Viewing a video in Gallery§Playing music in the HTC Music appWhile you're playing media on the big screen, you can multitask and do other thingssuch as take calls, browse the Web, or send email on HTC Phone.Turns your TV into a digital photo frameUse the TV screen saver feature to store up to 30 photos from HTC Phone on HTCMedia Link HD, and display them as a slideshow on your TV.To find out more about setting up HTC Media Link HD and using it with HTC Phone,refer to the HTC Media Link HD user guide.Sharing your media on DLNA devicesIf you'll be using a DLNA compliant TV or audio system, refer to its documentationon how to connect it to your home network.1. Connect HTC Phone to your home network via Wi‑Fi.2. Open the Gallery or Music app.3. Locate the media stored on HTC Phone that you want to share, and then tap it.4. Do one of the following:While viewing photos or videosin GalleryTap the screen to show the controls, and thentap > Select player.While playing music in Music Tap > Select player.5. Choose the device on your network where you want to play the media.6. Once connected to the other device, tap the onscreen controls to controlplayback, adjust the volume, and more.For more information about DLNA, visit www.dlna.org.93 EntertainmentHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
StoragePhone storageTypes of storageWant to know what types of storage you can use for your apps, data, and files?HTC Phone has these storage types:PhonestorageThis storage combines both the internal storage, where apps, email,data, and text messages are stored, and the file storage, where photos,videos, and music files are kept.When you are running out of phone storage, you can free up space byuninstalling apps, changing download settings, or moving files to yourstorage card, your computer, or an online storage service.StoragecardUse a storage card for storing more files. You can also set apps such asCamera to store directly to the card.USBstorageWhen you plug in an external USB storage device (such as a USB flashdrive or an SD card reader), you can view photos and videos stored onthe device right from Gallery and play songs stored on the device inMusic. You can also open PDFs and edit Office documents.You need a special cable to connect HTC Phone and a USB storagedevice. HTC Phone supports USB storage devices (except portable harddrives) up to 64 GB.OnlinestorageIf you're using an online storage account that's accessible from HTCPhone, you can store your files to your online storage.Copying files to or from HTC PhoneYou can copy your music, photos, and other files to HTC Phone.Save and close your files before copying them from your computer to HTC Phone,or vice versa.1. Connect HTC Phone to the computer using the supplied USB cable. You'll seeoptions for viewing or importing files on the computer screen.2. Choose to view files.3. Copy the files from your computer to HTC Phone, or vice versa.4. After copying the files, disconnect HTC Phone from the computer.94 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Making more storage spaceAs you use HTC Phone, you'll accumulate data and fill its storage capacity over time.Here are some tips on how to increase storage space.Run the storage wizardEasily free up space in the phone storage by cleaning the application cache,uninstalling apps, and changing settings so that only the most recent data is kept. InSettings, tap Storage > Make more space.Store files in DropboxPhotos, email attachments, and other documents can be stored in Dropbox andaccessed anywhere you are. You can set the Camera app to automatically uploadphotos to Dropbox.Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.Manage photos and videos§Set the Camera app to automatically upload to a photo-sharing site or onlinestorage. When you reach the storage limit, just delete all your photos. You canretrieve them from the photo-sharing site or online storage when needed.§After taking continuous camera shots, keep only the best shot and discard therest.§After editing a photo or trimming a video, the original file is kept. You can deleteoriginal files or move them to online storage or to your computer.§If you are only sending videos through MMS, use a lower resolution. High-resolution video takes up more space. In Camera settings, tap Video Quality tochange the resolution.Back up apps dataKeep only the most recent data from apps on HTC Phone. You can back up calendars,contacts, and bookmarks or export text messages, and personal dictionaries.Disable some appsApps, even if not used often, may be running in the background and downloadingdata into the phone storage. If the app cannot be removed, you can disable it. InSettings, tap Apps and then swipe to All. Select the app you want to disable, and thentap Disable.95 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Encrypting data on HTC PhoneYou can encrypt data such as your online accounts, settings, music files and othermedia. After encryption, you will need to enter the screen lock PIN or password toturn on your phone and access the data.§Set a lock screen PIN or password before encrypting your data.§Fully charge the battery and keep HTC Phone connected to the power adapterduring encryption. The encryption process takes about an hour.§You cannot undo encryption. If you want to return to an unencrypted phone, youmust perform a factory reset.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.2. Tap Phone storage encryption.3. Tap OK.4. Enter the lock screen PIN or password, and tap Next.5. Tap OK.Encryption starts and the progress is displayed. The phone may restart a few times.When the encryption process is complete, enter your PIN or password.Dropbox integrationUsing Dropbox on HTC PhoneWhen you use Dropbox, you'll have access to your photos, videos, and documents –on HTC Phone, your computer, and your other mobile devices where you haveDropbox access.On HTC Phone, sign in to your Dropbox account so you can:§Enjoy an additional 23GB of free Dropbox storage for two years.§Access your photos and videos that are stored in Dropbox right from Gallery.§No more large attachments when sharing by email. Simply send a link to yourDropbox files.§View and edit Office documents that are stored in Dropbox.§View PDFs that are stored in Dropbox.§Save documents, such as from email attachments, directly to Dropbox.§Check your remaining Dropbox storage space anytime.If the Dropbox app is not preloaded, you can download and install it from GooglePlay.96 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
About the additional free Dropbox storage offerThe additional 23GB Dropbox storage is a special offer that's available on HTC phonesusing Android with HTC Sense® 4.0 or later, and have Dropbox preloaded. This offer isavailable to both new and current Dropbox users.§Additional terms and requirements may apply (including a subscription fee) afteryour two year trial ends.§On HTC phones that don't have Dropbox preloaded, you can download it fromGoogle Play and still enjoy Dropbox integration with apps such as Gallery and Mail.§To get the additional 23GB of Dropbox storage free for two years, please sign into your Dropbox account from HTC Phone (and not from your computer orother non-HTC devices), and complete the getting started guide on theDropbox website (www.dropbox.com/gs).§If you don't have a Dropbox account yet, you can create a new account fromHTC Phone or from your computer at www.dropbox.com.§This additional free storage is a one-time offer only. You're eligible to use thisoffer only on one HTC device.Please visit the Dropbox website (http://www.dropbox.com/help/249) for full termsand conditions.Dropbox is a third-party app and is not provided by or associated with HTCCorporation.Setting up your Dropbox accountTo get your additional 23GB of free Dropbox storage for two years, set up yourDropbox account from HTC Phone, and complete the getting started guide on theDropbox website.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap > Dropbox.3. Follow the onscreen instructions to create or sign in to your account.4. Using your computer's web browser, go to the Dropbox website(www.dropbox.com), log in to your account, and complete the getting startedguide.You can also open the Dropbox app to set up your account.97 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sharing your photos and videos on DropboxUse Gallery to upload your photos and videos to Dropbox. You can then share the linkto your Dropbox so that your friends can see your photos and videos.Uploading your photos and videos to Dropbox from Gallery1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share.3. Tap Share > Dropbox.4. Select the photos or videos you want to upload, and then tap Next.5. Create or choose a folder in Dropbox, and then tap Upload.To view your uploads right from Gallery, put them under the Photos folder in yourDropbox. Or under Photos, create a folder and upload them to this folder.Auto uploading camera shotsYour new camera shots will be uploaded automatically, if you turned on the CameraUpload feature when you set up your Dropbox account on HTC Phone. If you didn'tturn it on before, you can enable it in the Dropbox settings.HTC Zoe photos have a large file size. Using data services while uploading HTC Zoephotos may be costly. You may want to disable auto upload of camera shots if youhave a limited data plan.1. Open the Dropbox app.2. Tap > Settings > Turn on Camera Upload.3. Choose the type of Internet connection to use for uploading your capturedphotos and videos to Dropbox.4. Tap Turn on.Viewing your uploaded photos and videos from GalleryThe Camera Uploads folder and subfolders under the Photos folder in your Dropboxcan be accessed from Gallery. They will appear as albums.1. Open the Gallery app.2. Tap > Albums > Dropbox.3. When you see a message that shows HTC Sense wants to access Dropbox,make sure you tap Allow.4. Tap an album to view the photos and videos in it.98 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sharing the link to your DropboxShare the link to your entire album of photos and videos that's in your Dropbox soother people can access it.1. From the Gallery Albums screen, tap Dropbox.2. Do one of the following:§Tap an album to share, and then tap Share.§To share a single photo, tap it to display it, then tap it again and tap Share.3. Choose how you want to share the link to this album or photo, such as sendingit by email or posting it to your social networks.You can also use the Dropbox app. Tap that appears next to the album or file,and then tap Share.Sending the links to Dropbox files by emailNo more attaching files to your email. Using the Mail app, you can easily include thelinks to your Dropbox files and send them in your email.1. Open the Mail app.2. If you have several email accounts, switch to an email account you want to use.3. Create a new email message and fill in your recipients, or reply to an email.4. You can:§Tap > Document, and then choose a document type.§Tap > File if you want to choose any file type.5. Press and then tap Dropbox.6. Open the folder that contains the files that you want, and then select the filesyou want to share.7. Tap OK. You'll then see the links to your selected files added to your email message.8. Tap .Keeping your documents in DropboxSaving an Office document to DropboxYou can open an Office document on HTC Phone and save it to your Dropbox.1. Open an Office document, such as one that's attached to an email. If you have more than one Office app installed, select Polaris Office.2. Tap > Save as.99 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Enter a new filename.4. Tap > Dropbox.5. Tap Save.Your document will be saved to the Polaris Office folder in the root of your Dropboxfolder.To save the document to another Dropbox folder, tap > Share > Dropbox. Createor select a folder, and then tap Upload.Editing an Office document in DropboxYou can edit a document that's stored in your Dropbox and save your changes.1. Open the Dropbox app.2. Open the folder that contains the document you want.3. Tap the document to open it. If you have more than one Office app installed, select Polaris Office.4. To make changes, tap .5. After editing the document, tap or tap > Save as.Saving a PDF document to DropboxYou can open a PDF document on HTC Phone and save it to your Dropbox.1. Open a PDF document, such as one that's attached to an email. If you have more than one PDF viewing app installed, select PDF Viewer.2. Tap > Save as.3. Enter a new filename.4. Tap > Dropbox, and then tap OK.Your document will be saved to the PDFViewer folder in the root of your Dropboxfolder.To save the PDF to another Dropbox folder, tap > Share > Dropbox. Create orselect a folder, and then tap Upload.100 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Checking your Dropbox storage spaceYou can check how much storage space you still have in your Dropbox before youupload more content.Before your Dropbox storage info appears in Settings, you need to access yourDropbox from an app first (such as Gallery) and allow HTC Sense to access yourDropbox.Go to Settings, and then tap Storage.Under Online storage, you'll see your available Dropbox storage.Unlinking HTC Phone from DropboxYou can remotely unlink HTC Phone from your Dropbox, if you lost your device.1. On your computer's web browser, log in to the Dropbox website(www.dropbox.com).2. On the right-hand corner of any page on the website, click Account. (Or clickyour account name, and then click Settings.)3. Click the Security tab.4. Under My devices, click Unlink to the right of your Android device.5. Click Unlink phone.101 StorageHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sync, backup, and resetOnline syncAdding your social networks, email accounts, and moreYou can sync contacts, calendars, and other information from your social networks,email accounts, and online services on HTC Phone. Depending on the account type,signing in to your online accounts lets you sync updates between HTC Phone and theWeb.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap .3. Tap the account type you want to add.4. Follow the onscreen instructions to enter your account information.In Settings > Accounts & sync, tap the Auto sync On/Off switch to turn automaticsync of all your accounts.Adding one or more Google AccountsSign in to your Google Account to see your Gmail, contacts, and calendars, and to useGoogle apps on HTC Phone. If you add more than one Google Account, you canswitch between accounts in apps such as Gmail and choose which account to back upyour settings to.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap .3. Tap Google.4. Follow the onscreen instructions to sign in to an account or create a newaccount.102 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Forgot your Google Account password?If you have forgotten your Google Account password, you can try to recover itby going to the Google website.1. On HTC Phone or on your computer, open your web browser2. Go to www.google.com/accounts/recovery.3. Select the option for retrieving your password, and then enter the emailaddress or username that you use to sign in to your Google Account.4. Click Continue.5. Follow the instructions on the screen to reset your password.Syncing your accounts1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. You can:§Tap the Auto sync On/Off switch to turn automatic sync of all youraccounts on or off.§Manually sync individual accounts. Tap an account type (such as forExchange ActiveSync), and then tap the account you want to sync. On theAccount settings screen, tap > Sync now.On the Account settings screen, you can also change the sync settings for anaccount.Removing an accountYou can remove an account to delete all information associated with it from HTCPhone. Removing an account does not delete information from the online serviceitself.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap an account type. If multiple accounts are supported (such as for ExchangeActiveSync), tap the account you want to remove.3. Tap > Remove.Some personal data may be retained by the third-party app after you haveremoved the account from HTC Phone.103 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
BackupWays of backing up files, data, and settingsWorried that you might lose important stuff on HTC Phone? Back up HTC Phonebefore you erase the storage, do a factory reset, or upgrade to a new phone.HTC BackupUse the built-in HTC Backup to back up your accounts, apps, settings, and more tothe cloud so that it will be easier to restore them on HTC Phone (after a factory reset)or newer phone. For details, see Using HTC Backup on page 105.HTC Sync ManagerUse HTC Sync Manager to import music, photos, and videos to your computer. Youcan also sync locally stored contacts, calendar events, bookmarks, documents, andplaylists to your computer. For details, see Syncing your media and data with HTCSync Manager on page 108.Other backup optionsSeparately back up other data and file types if they're not supported in HTC Backupand HTC Sync Manager.In some apps, you can back up data to the storage on the phone so you can easilyrestore them after a factory reset.If you're backing up data to the storage, don't choose to erase the storage whenyou do a factory reset.Messages Back up your text messages to the storage on the phone, or save themas an email attachment.Contacts §Save contacts and other personal data to your online accounts so youcan just sync them when switching to another phone.§If you have locally stored contacts in the People app, export them tothe storage on the phone.Files §Manually copy and paste files by connecting HTC Phone to yourcomputer as a disk drive.§Upload files to online storage and services.Other data §If you added new words to your personal dictionary in the onscreenkeyboard, back up the dictionary to the storage or save it as an emailattachment.§Check the other apps to see if they support exporting data to thestorage.104 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Using HTC BackupSave the time and frustration of re-creating your personalized HTC Phone experiencewhen you do a factory reset or you lose, damage, or buy another phone. On HTCPhone, use HTC Backup to do a daily backup to the cloud so you can easily restoreyour content and settings next time.HTC Backup uses your Dropbox storage to keep your content and settings. It canback up and restore the following:Home screensettingsThese include your categories and headlines in HTC BlinkFeed,widgets, and Home screen layout.Accounts andpasswordsHTC Backup stores the login credentials for many popular emailand social network accounts, including Exchange ActiveSync,Microsoft Hotmail®, Flickr®, LinkedIn®, and POP/IMAP.Apps and settings These include your web bookmarks, personal dictionary, Wi‑Finetworks, apps you've installed, grid size and sort order in the Allapps view, and over 150 other settings.Backing up HTC PhoneTurn on HTC Backup to do a daily backup of your phone over Wi‑Fi. You can turn iton by selecting Back up phone daily while doing the on-device setup, or enable it inSettings.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset.2. Tap Backup account.3. Choose HTC Account as your backup account, and sign in to your account. §You can sign in with your HTC Account or Facebook® account.§If you're already signed into your Google Account, tap it to change your backupaccount to your HTC Account.4. Sign in to Dropbox, if you haven't done so. Tap Turn on to have your photos and videos uploaded to Dropbox as youcapture them.5. To do a daily backup, make sure the Automatic backup switch is on. You canalso tap Back up now to manually back up your phone anytime. Depending on the amount of content, doing a manual backup may incur additionaldata costs and take a long time. Using a Wi‑Fi connection is recommended.You'll see the most recent backup date and time under Backup history.105 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Restoring your backup to your phoneIf you've used HTC Backup before, you can restore your backup to HTC Phone, or to anew HTC phone.Depending on the amount of content, restoring your backup to your phone mayincur additional data costs and take a long time. Using a Wi‑Fi connection isrecommended.1. When you turn on a new HTC phone for the first time or after a factory reset,choose to restore content, and then select Restore from HTC Backup on the Setup phone screen.2. Sign in using your HTC Account or Facebook account, depending on which oneyou used to back up your phone before.3. Sign in to the same Dropbox account that you used to back up your phone, andchoose to allow HTC Backup to access Dropbox. Your backup history will thenbe displayed.4. Select a backup, and then tap Next.5. Wait for your settings to be restored.6. Tap OK to continue restoring your previously installed apps.Your apps will be restored in the background, and you can track the progress via anotification in the status bar. Your apps will appear in the All apps view as they areinstalled. The All apps and Home screen shortcuts will be reorganized as in yourbackup after all of your apps have been installed. You may continue using your phonewhile apps are being restored.You can also go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset > Restore from HTCBackup.Before this, make sure you've already signed in to the same account that you usedto back up your phone before. Also, if you've started changing settings or data onyour phone, clear the App data and settings restore option before restoring yourbackup to avoid overwriting them.Backing up your text messagesKeep important text messages by backing them up to the phone storage. You caneasily restore backed up text messages after you've deleted them from your messagelist.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Back up/Restore SMS > Back up > Back up SMS.3. Enter a name for your backup file, and then tap OK.106 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Restoring text messagesYou can only restore text messages that were exported using the Back up SMSfeature.1. Open the Messages app.2. Tap > Back up/Restore SMS > Restore.3. Choose how you want to restore the messages, and tap Next.4. Tap the backup file to import.5. Tap OK.Backing up text messages by emailYou need to set up your email account in the Mail app.1. On the Messages screen, tap > Back up/Restore SMS.2. Tap Back up > Back up SMS via mail. The backup file is attached to an email.3. Enter your email address.4. Compose your email message, and then send it.To restore your text messages to HTC Phone, open the email message with thebackup file attachment from the Mail app. Tap the attachment to download it first,and then tap it again to open the backup file to import.Backing up your contacts1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts > Import/Export contacts.2. Choose whether to export your contacts to the storage card or phone storage.3. Select an account or type of contacts to export, and then tap OK.Restoring contactsYou can only restore contacts that were backed up using the export option in thePeople app.1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts > Import/Export contacts.2. Choose whether to import contacts from the storage card or phone storage.3. If you have more than one account set up, tap the type for the importedcontacts.107 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Backing up your personal dictionaryYou can back up new words you’ve added to the predictive text dictionary.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > > Back up to storage or Back up to email. The Back up to storage option only backs up to the storage card.4. When prompted, tap OK.Importing your personal dictionary1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap HTC Sense Input.3. Tap Personal dictionary > > Restore from storage.4. When prompted, tap OK.Backing up or restoring tasksYou need to use a storage card to back up or restore tasks.1. Open the Tasks app.2. Go to the list that contains the tasks you want to back up.3. Tap > Import/Export4. Tap Export to SD card to back up your tasks, or tap Import from SD card torestore tasks on your phone.HTC Sync ManagerSyncing your media and data with HTC Sync ManagerWith HTC Sync Manager, enjoy the same rich media whether you're at your computeror on the move. Use it also to store your same contacts, important documents, andother data on both your HTC phone and your computer.HTC Sync Manager supports a computer running a Windows or Mac OS operatingsystem. You can:108 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
§Import music, photos, and videos from your computer and manage them in HTCSync Manager.§Import iTunes® and Windows Media® Player playlists from your computer to HTCSync Manager.§Play music, videos, and playlists using the built-in player.§Copy music, photos, and videos from your phone to your computer.§Sync playlists and information such as contacts, calendar, documents, and webbookmarks between your phone and your computer.§Easily transfer iPhone photos, videos, messages, contacts, and more to yourHTC phone.§Browse and manage files on your phone (Mac® only).Installing HTC Sync Manager on your computer§You need to have administrator rights if you're installing HTC Sync Manager onWindows Vista® or later versions.§If you have problem in installing HTC Sync Manager, close all your runningprograms and reinstall. If the problem persists, temporarily disable your anti-virusprogram and try installing again.1. Download the HTC Sync Manager installer from the HTC support site(www.htc.com/support).2. Launch the installer and follow the onscreen instructions.3. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB cable. HTC SyncManager opens.To check for and download new updates, click > Check for updates in HTCSync Manager.If you disabled your anti-virus program, make sure to turn it back on after installingHTC Sync Manager.Transferring iPhone content to your HTC phoneWith HTC Sync Manager, easily transfer iPhone content such as contacts, messages,wallpaper, camera photos and videos, and more to your HTC phone.You need to use iTunes 9.0 or later to back up your iPhone content first to yourcomputer.1. Connect your iPhone and your HTC phone to your computer.2. In HTC Sync Manager, click More > iPhone TRANSFER.109 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Click the Get Started button.4. If you haven't used iTunes to back up your iPhone content to your computer,please do so before proceeding.5. Click Next.6. Select your iPhone backup file, and then click OK.7. Select the types of content you want to transfer to your HTC phone. You can choose whether to replace the content on your HTC phone with theiPhone content.8. Click Start.Copying or removing media on your phoneEasily copy music, photos, videos, entire albums, or playlists from your computer toyour phone.1. Connect your phone to your computer. Media that have already been copied toyour phone will have the icon on their thumbnails.2. Click an item to select it. Or, to select several media for transfer, do one of thefollowing:Select severalitemsOn Windows: Hold down the CTRL key, and then clickeach item.On Mac: Hold down the COMMAND key, and then clickeach item.Select all items On Windows: Press CTRL + A.On Mac: Press COMMAND + A.Select consecutiveitemsHold down the SHIFT key, and then click the first and lastitems. Or drag your mouse over the range of items youwant to select.3. Click one of these icons:Copy the selected media to your phone.Remove the selected media from your phone.About USB debugging modeHTC Sync Manager needs USB debugging mode enabled on your phone to synccontacts and other data types between your phone and your computer.If you choose to disable this mode, HTC Sync Manager will not sync the data.110 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Turning USB debugging mode on or offMake sure you've updated HTC Sync Manager to the latest version on yourcomputer.§The first time you connect HTC Phone to your computer, tap Yes whenprompted on HTC Phone to connect to HTC Sync Manager. This turns USBdebugging mode on automatically whenever you connect HTC Phone to yourcomputer.§To turn USB debugging off, go to Settings, tap More > Mobile network sharing,and then clear the HTC Sync Manager option.Syncing data between your phone and your computerSet up HTC Sync Manager to sync contacts, calendar events, and web bookmarksbetween your phone and your Windows or Mac computer.You can sync your phone with the following applications on your computer:§(On Windows) Outlook® 2003, Outlook 2007, or Outlook 2010.§(On Mac) Apple® Contacts, Apple Address Book, Apple Calendar, Apple iCal, orOutlook 2011 for Mac.§Web browser such as Internet Explorer®, Firefox®, or Google Chrome. If you'll besyncing with Firefox or Google Chrome, close the browser first before syncing.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. In HTC Sync Manager, click More.3. Select the check boxes of the data types you want to sync.111 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
4. Click Settings on the different data types to customize sync settings.People §Choose the contacts application on your computer that you wantto sync with your phone.§If there's conflicting contact info on your phone and yourcomputer, choose which data you want to keep.Calendar §Choose the calendar application on your computer that you wantto sync with your phone.§Choose from when you want to start syncing calendar events.§If there are conflicting appointments on your phone and yourcomputer, choose which data you want to keep.Bookmark Choose the web browser on your computer that you want to syncwith your phone.5. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your data and files (such as documents and media) next time, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automatically whenever the phoneconnects.§Only the contact and calendar fields that are available on your phone will besynced.§When you sync bookmarks for the first time, a favorites folder named HTCbookmarks will be created on your computer's web browser. This folder containsthe bookmarks from your phone. If you have bookmarks on your computer thatyou want to sync with your phone, make sure to save them in the HTC bookmarksfolder.If there are conflicting bookmarks on your phone and your computer, HTC SyncManager always keeps the bookmarks from your computer.Syncing music, photos, and videos from your phone to your computerSet HTC Sync Manager to import all music, photos, and videos from your phone toyour computer.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which one you want to import from.112 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Do any of the following:§To copy music from your phone to your computer, click Music > SETTINGS,and then select Copy all music from phone.§To copy photos and videos from your phone to your computer, clickGallery > SETTINGS, and then select Automatically import photos andvideos from phone.Select Delete photos and videos from phone after importing if you want to removethe photos and videos from your phone after the transfer.4. Click Apply (Windows only).5. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your media and other items (such as documents and data) next time, clickMore > SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automatically whenever thephone connects.Syncing playlists between your phone and your computerSet HTC Sync Manager to sync iTunes and Windows Media Player playlists betweenyour phone and your computer.1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which one you want to sync with yourcomputer.3. Click Music > SETTINGS, and then select Sync selected playlist.4. Select the playlists you want to sync.5. Click Apply (Windows only).6. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your playlists and other items (such as documents, media files, and data)next time, click More > SYNC SETTINGS, and then select Sync automaticallywhenever the phone connects.Syncing documents from your computer to your phone1. Connect your phone to your computer.2. If your HTC phone has both phone storage and a storage card, click More >SYNC SETTINGS, and then choose which storage you want to importdocuments to.3. Click Files > SYNC SETTINGS.4. Select the Sync documents from the following locations on this computeroption.113 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
5. Click Add, and then choose the folder that contains the documents you want tosync to your phone. You can add several folders.6. Click if this is your first time to sync. To allow HTC Sync Manager to autosync your documents and other items next time, click More > SYNC SETTINGS,and then select Sync automatically whenever the phone connects.Getting helpTo find out more about using HTC Sync Manager, download the user guide PDF fromthe HTC support site (www.htc.com/support). Or open the Help that comes with thesoftware.On Windows, click in HTC Sync Manager, and then click Help.ResetRestarting HTC Phone (Soft reset)If HTC Phone is running slower than normal, is unresponsive, or has an app that is notperforming properly, try rebooting and see if that helps solve the problem.1. If the display is off, press the POWER button to turn it back on. If your screen isprotected with a lock screen, you need to unlock it.2. Press and hold the POWER button, and then tap Restart.3. When asked to confirm, tap Restart.If these steps don't work, you can remove and reinstall the battery, and then turnHTC Phone on to restart it.HTC Phone not responding?If HTC Phone does not respond when you touch the screen or press thebuttons, you can still restart it.Press and hold the POWER button for at least 10 seconds. HTC Phone thenrestarts.114 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Resetting HTC Phone (Hard reset)If HTC Phone has a persistent problem that cannot be solved, you can perform afactory reset (also called a hard reset or master reset). A factory reset reverts thephone back to its initial state — the state before you turned on the phone for the firsttime.The following will be removed from the phone when you do a factory reset:§Your Google Account§All accounts you've added in Settings > Accounts & sync and the dataassociated with these accounts§Personal data that you've created or synced to the phone such as your profile,contacts, messages, email, calendar events, and more§System and application data and settings§Downloaded appsFiles such as your music, photos, videos, and documents will also be deleted if youselect the Erase all data option.Be sure to back up any data and files you want to keep before you do a factory reset.A factory reset may not permanently erase all data from your phone, includingpersonal information.Performing a factory reset from settings1. Go to Settings, and then tap Backup & reset.2. Tap Reset phone.3. If you also want to delete media and other data on HTC Phone, select Erase alldata.4. Tap OK.Performing a factory reset using hardware buttonsIf you can’t turn HTC Phone on or access settings, you can still perform a factory resetby using the hardware buttons on HTC Phone.1. Remove the battery, wait for a few seconds, then reinsert the battery.2. Press and hold the VOLUME DOWN button, and then press and hold thePOWER button.3. Wait for the screen with the three Android images to appear, and then releasethe POWER and VOLUME DOWN buttons.4. Press VOLUME DOWN to select FACTORY RESET, and then press the POWERbutton.115 Sync, backup, and resetHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
PeopleYour contacts listThe People app lists all contacts you've stored on HTC Phone and from onlineaccounts you're logged in to. Use the People app to easily manage communicationswith people that matter to you.1. Open the People app. 2. On your contacts list, you can:§View your profile and edit your contact information.§Create, edit, find, or send contacts.§See status updates.§Tap a contact photo to find ways to quickly connect with the contact.§See a notification icon when a contact has sent you new messages.To sort your contacts by their first or last name, tap > Settings > Sort contact list.Filtering your contacts listWhen your contacts list gets long, you can choose which contact accounts to show.1. On the People tab, tap .2. Choose the accounts that contain the contacts you want to display.3. Press .116 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Finding peopleSearch for contacts stored on HTC Phone, your company directory if you have anExchange ActiveSync account, or social networks you've signed into.1. Open the People app.2. On the People tab, you can:§Find people in your contacts list. Tap the Search people box, and then enterthe first few letters of the contact name.§Find people on your company directory. Tap the Search people box, enterthe first few letters of the contact name, and then tap Search contacts inyour Company Directory.§Search for people you know on your social networks. Tap > Settings >Find people you know on, and then select the social networks you'resigned in to. The People app then uploads your contacts to the selectedsocial networks to help you find friends.Aside from searching for a contact by name, you can search using a contact's emailaddress or company name. On the People tab, tap > Settings > Search contactsby, and then choose a search criteria.Setting up your profileStore your personal contact information to easily send it to other people.1. Do one of the following:§On the People tab, tap My profile.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.Tap the Me tile (or your contact name, if you've already signed in to yourGoogle account), and then tap Me or your contact name again.2. Tap Edit my contact card.3. Enter or edit your name and contact details.4. Tap (or the current photo) to change your contact photo.5. Tap Save.Aside from your contact details, your profile also shows updates you've posted onyour social networks and your online photo albums.117 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adding a new contact1. On the People tab, tap .2. Tap the Name field, and then enter the contact name. Tap if you want to separately enter the contact's first, middle, and last name.Depending on the contact type, you may also be able to add other info such as aname suffix (for example, "Jr.").3. Select the Contact type. This determines which account the contact will syncwith. Some fields may not be available when you’re adding contacts to a SIM card.4. Enter the contact information in the fields provided.5. Tap Save.When you tap the added contact on your contacts list, you'll see the contactinformation and your exchange of messages and calls. Depending on the informationthat you've added to the contact (such as an email address), you'll also be able to seethe contact's social network updates, events, and photos.How do I add an extension number to a contact number?While creating a new contact in People, you can add an extension number totheir number so you can skip the voice prompts when calling.1. After entering the number of the main line, do one of the following:§Tap P(,) to insert a pause before the extension number is dialedautomatically. To make the pause longer, tap P(,) again.§Tap W(;) to be prompted to confirm the extension number.2. Enter the extension number.118 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Editing a contact’s informationSocial network contacts cannot be edited.1. On the People tab, press and hold the contact, and then tap Edit contact.2. Enter the new information.3. Tap Save.Getting in touch with a contact1. Open the People app.2. Tap a contact's photo (not the name), and then choose how you want to get intouch with that contact. For more ways of getting in touch with your contact, tap an icon below the contactphoto.Importing or copying contactsImporting contacts from your SIM card1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts.2. Tap Import/Export contacts > Import from SIM card.3. If you have a Google or Exchange ActiveSync account, tap the type for theimported contacts.4. Select the contacts you want to import.5. Tap Save.119 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Importing a contact from an Exchange ActiveSync account1. On the People tab, enter the contact's name or email address in the search box.2. Tap Search contacts in your Company Directory.3. Tap the name of the contact you want copied to HTC Phone.4. Tap to import the contact.Copying contacts from one account to another1. On the People tab, tap > Manage contacts.2. Tap Copy contacts, and then choose a contact type or online account to copyfrom. Contacts from your social network accounts may not be copied.3. Select a contact type or account you want to save to.Merging contact informationAvoid duplicate entries by merging contact information from different sources, suchas your social network accounts, into one contact.Accepting contact link suggestionsWhen HTC Phone finds contacts that can be merged, you’ll see a link notificationwhen you open the People app.1. On the People tab, tap the Link suggestion notification when available. You'll seea list of suggested contacts to merge.2. Choose the contacts you want to merge.If you don't want to receive contact link suggestions, on the People tab, tap >Settings. Clear the Suggest contact link option.Manually merging contact information1. On the People tab, tap the name of the contact (not the icon or photo) youwant to link.2. Tap > Link.3. You can:§Under Suggest links, tap to link the contact to an account.§Under Add contact, tap one of the options to link to another contact.120 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Breaking the link1. On the People tab, tap the name of the contact (not the icon or photo) whoselink you want to break.2. Tap > Link.3. Under the Linked contacts section, tap beside an account to break thelink.Sending contact information1. On the People tab, do one of the following:To send Do thisSomeone's contactinformationPress and hold the name of the contact (not the iconor photo), and then tap Send contact as vCard.Your contactinformationPress and hold My profile, and then tap Send myprofile.2. Choose how you want to send the vCard.3. Select the type of information you want to send.4. Tap Send.Sending multiple contact cards1. On the People tab, tap > Send contacts.2. Select the contacts whose contact information you want to share3. Tap Send.4. Choose how you want to send the contact cards.Contact groupsOrganize your friends, family, and colleagues into groups so you can quickly send amessage or email to everyone in the group. We’ve also set up the Frequent group toautomatically add the contacts you dial or get calls from the most.HTC Phone also syncs with groups you've created in your Google Account.Creating a group1. On the Groups tab, tap .2. Enter a name for the group, and then tap > Add contact to group.121 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Select the contacts you want to add, and then tap Save.4. When your group is complete, tap Save.Sending a message or email to a groupYou will be charged for each text message sent. For example, if you send amessage to a group of five people, you will be charged for five messages.1. On the Groups tab, tap the group you want to send a message or email to.2. Go to the Group action tab.3. Choose if you want to send a group message or group email.Editing a group1. On the Groups tab, press and hold the group, and then tap Edit group.2. You can:§Change the group name. You can only change the name for groups thatyou have created.§Add more contacts to the group. Tap > Add contact to group.§Rearrange the group members. Press and hold at the end of thecontact’s name, and then drag it to its new position.§Select the contacts you want to remove from the group.3. Tap Save.Managing your contact groups1. On the Groups tab, tap > Edit groups.2. You can:§Rearrange the contact groups. Press and hold at the end of the groupname, and then drag it to its new position.§Select the contact groups you want to remove.3. Tap Save.122 PeopleHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
EmailMailChecking your mailThe Mail app is where you read, send, and organize email messages from one or moreemail accounts that you’ve set up on HTC Phone.1. Open the Mail app. The inbox of one of your email accounts appears.2. Do any of the following:§Tap an email message to read.§To switch between email accounts, tap the bar that shows the current emailaccount, and then tap another account.§To display email messages in another mail folder, tap > Folder, and thentap the folder you want to view.§To view email messages from all your accounts, tap the bar that shows thecurrent email account, and then tap All accounts.§To change an email account's settings, select the account and then tap >Settings.123 EmailHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Organizing your inboxDo you have a big pile of email messages in your inbox? Organize your emailmessages into tabs and quickly find the messages you want.1. Switch to the email account that you want to use.2. In the inbox, tap > Filters.3. Select the tabs you want to add to the inbox, and then tap Done.4. Swipe to the added tab to check your email messages.Sending an email message1. Open the Mail app.2. Switch to the email account that you want to use.3. Tap .4. Fill in one or more recipients. Want to loop in more recipients in a carbon copy (Cc) or blind carbon copy (Bcc)of the email message? Tap > Show Cc/Bcc.5. Enter the subject, and then compose your message.6. Do any of the following:§Add an attachment. Tap and then choose what you want to attach.§Set the priority for an important message. Tap > Set priority.7. Tap . To save the email as draft and send it later, tap > Save. Or press .Resuming a draft email message1. In an email account inbox, tap > Folder > Drafts.2. Tap the message.3. When you finish editing the message, tap .Reading and replying to an email message1. Open the Mail app.2. Switch to the email account you want to use.124 EmailHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. In the email account inbox, tap the email message or conversation you want toread. If you want to read a particular message inside an email conversation, tap toexpand the conversation, and then tap the email message.4. Tap Reply or Reply All. Tap for more actions for the email.Saving an email message in the Tasks appSave an email message in your Tasks list so you can remind yourself when to reply.1. In an email account inbox, press and hold the email message, and then tap Saveas task.2. Enter the task details, and then tap Save.Managing email messagesThe Mail app provides easy ways to sort, move, or delete your email messages.Sorting email messagesCustomize how you sort your email messages.In an email account inbox, tap > Sort, and select from the sorting options.To quickly scroll through the message list based on the sorting option you'veselected, press and hold two fingers on any email message, and then drag upwardor downward.Moving email messages to another folder1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Select the email messages you want to move. To select all, select one email message first, and then tap > Select all.3. Tap Move to, and then select a folder.Deleting email messages1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Select the email messages you want to delete. To select all, select one email message first, and then tap > Select all.3. Tap Delete.125 EmailHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Searching email messages1. Tap .2. If you want to refine or filter your search, tap , check the search options, andthen tap OK. For example, you can focus the search on a part of an email orfilter email messages that have attachments or tagged as high priority.3. In the search box, enter the words you want to search for.4. Tap a result to open the email message.Searching for emails from a contactDo you remember the sender, but can't find a particular email from him or her?1. Switch to the email account you want to use.2. Press and hold an email message from a contact.3. Tap Search the mail from the sender. A list of email messages from that contactappears.Working with Exchange ActiveSync emailEnjoy the powerful email features of Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync right on HTCPhone. Flag important email messages, set your out of the office reply, or send invitesto your next team meeting while you're on the go.Flagging an email1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. While viewing the inbox, tap the flag icon that appears beside an email messageor conversation. To flag an email message inside a conversation, tap to expand the conversation,and then tap the flag icon of the email message.Setting your Out of the office status1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. Tap > Out of the office.3. Tap your current office status, and then select Out of the office.4. Set the dates and times.5. Enter the auto-reply message.6. If you want a different auto-reply message for recipients outside yourorganization, tap the Send replies to external senders option, and then enter theauto-reply message in the box.7. Tap Save.126 EmailHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sending a meeting request1. Switch to your Exchange ActiveSync account.2. Tap > New meeting invitation.3. Enter the meeting details.4. Tap Save. Or tap Send if you've invited people to the meeting.Adding an email accountSet up additional email accounts such as another Microsoft Exchange ActiveSyncaccount or an account from a Web-based email service or email provider.If you're adding a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or a POP3/IMAP email account,ask your network administrator or email service provider for additional emailsettings that you may need.1. Open the Mail app.2. Tap > Add account.3. Select an email account type from the list of email providers. Otherwise, tapOther (POP3/IMAP).4. Enter the email address and password for your email account, and then tapNext. Some email accounts allow you to set the sync schedule. By default, HTC Phoneuses Smart Sync to save battery power. See What is Smart Sync? on page 127.5. Enter a name for your email account, and then tap Finish setup.What is Smart Sync?Smart Sync automatically extends the sync time the longer the Mail app is inactive.Set your email account to Smart Sync when you don't need to check new emailmessages frequently. Smart Sync helps save battery power.If you want to receive email messages as they arrive, select another peak and off-peaksync schedule in the email account's Sync, Send & Receive settings.127 EmailHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Travel and mapsLocation settingsTurning location services on or offIn order to find your location on HTC Phone, you need to enable location sources.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Location.2. Select or clear the location sources you want to turn on or off.HTC CarOn the road with HTC CarNow when you drive, you can easily use HTC Phone to reach your destination, keepyou entertained, and help you stay in touch with the people that matter to you.Access music, phone calls, maps, and more with HTC Car.1. HTC Car instantly launches when you mount HTC Phone in HTC Car Kit.2. Swipe up or down to see what you can do in HTC Car.When using HTC Car, return to the main screen from any other screen by pressing.When you remove HTC Phone from HTC Car Kit, HTC Car will automatically exit.You can also manually close HTC Car by pressing from the main screen.Playing music in HTC Car1. In HTC Car, tap Music.2. Do one of the following:§Tap to browse by category.§Tap to search your collection.3. Tap an album, song, or playlist to listen to it.128 Travel and mapsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Listening to Internet radio with TuneInRight from HTC Car, enjoy listening to Internet radio stations with TuneIn.1. In HTC Car, tap Internet Radio.2. Do one of the following:§Browse for available stations by category.§Tap to enter and search for stations by keyword such as artist name ortopic.3. Tap a station to start listening to it.To ensure smooth playback, TuneIn preloads audio data (buffering) on HTC Phonebefore playing your selected station. To set the amount of audio to preload, tap and choose a buffer time.Finding your way with HTC CarHTC Car helps you to find your way to where you want to go. Easily find nearbyrestaurants and more on your weekends. HTC Car gives you the information you needso you won't get lost.Exploring what's around youFeeling adventurous? With just a few taps, you can find interesting places around youquickly.1. In HTC Car, tap Navigation.2. Do one of the following:§Tap a category.§Tap to enter your own search keywords.Finding places in HTC Car1. In HTC Car, tap Navigation.2. Do one of the following:Search for a new place 1. Tap .2. Type what you are looking for, and tap.Look up a previously searchedplaceTap Previous.Get directions for an upcomingevent in Calendar1. Tap Appointments.2. Tap an upcoming appointment from thelist.3. Tap an item to go to the map.129 Travel and mapsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Staying connected to your contactsJust because you're driving doesn't mean you have to be isolated from the rest of theworld. With HTC Car, you can take calls, make calls, and get notifications.Handling incoming calls in HTC CarWhen you receive an incoming call, you can easily answer or decline.Tap Answer or Decline.Making phone calls in HTC Car§Tap Dialer to open the dialpad.§Tap People and then browse a category or search by entering a name.Customizing HTC Car§To change the default behavior of HTC Car, tap Settings.§To add more apps to HTC Car, tap and select an app.130 Travel and mapsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Google Play and other appsGetting appsGetting apps from Google PlayGoogle Play is the place to go to find new apps for HTC Phone. Choose from a widevariety of free and paid apps ranging from productivity apps, entertainment, togames.§A Google Wallet™ payment service is required to purchase a paid app. You will beasked to confirm method of payment when you purchase an app.§The name of the Play Store app may differ depending on your region.§The ability to purchase apps varies by region.Finding and installing an appWhen you install apps and use them on HTC Phone, they may require access to yourpersonal information or access to certain functions or settings. Download and installonly apps that you trust.Be cautious when downloading apps that have access to functions or a significantamount of your data on HTC Phone. You’re responsible for the results of usingdownloaded apps.1. Open the Play Store app.2. Browse or search for an app.3. When you find the app that you like, tap it and read its description and userreviews.4. To download or purchase the app, tap Install (for free apps) or the price button(for paid apps).5. Tap Accept. Apps sometimes get updated with improvements or bug fixes. To automaticallydownload updates, after installing tap > Auto-update. Or if you downloaded anapp when connected to a Wi‑Fi network, tap OK when asked to auto-update appswhen on Wi‑Fi.To open the app, go to the All apps view and tap the app.131 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Restoring apps from Google PlayUpgraded to a new phone, replaced a lost one, or performed a factory reset? Restoreapps that were downloaded previously.1. Open the Play Store app.2. Tap > My apps.3. Swipe to All tab, and then tap the app you want to restore.4. Install the app.For more details, refer to the Google Play help.Downloading apps from the webYou can download apps directly from websites.Apps downloaded from websites can be from unknown sources. To protect HTCPhone and your personal data, we strongly recommend that you only downloadfrom websites you trust.1. Open your web browser, then go to the website where you can download theapp you want.2. Follow the website's download instructions for the app.Before you can install the downloaded app, make sure that you've set HTC Phone toallow installation of third-party apps in Settings > Security > Unknown sources.After installing the app, make sure to go back to Settings > Security and clear theUnknown sources option. This can help protect your phone from installing otherinsecure apps from the Web.Uninstalling an appIf you no longer need an app that you've downloaded and installed, you can easilyuninstall it.Most of the preloaded apps cannot be uninstalled.From the All apps view, press and hold the app you want to remove, and then drag itto Uninstall.If you purchased an app in Play Store, you can uninstall it for a refund within alimited time. To know more about the refund policy for paid apps, refer to theGoogle Play help.132 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Essential appsUsing the ClockGet more from the Clock app than just the regular date and time. Use HTC Phone as aworld clock to see the date and time in cities across the globe. You can also setalarms or track your time using the stopwatch or timer.Setting the date and time manually1. Open the Clock app.2. On the World Clock tab, tap > Local time settings.3. Clear Automatic date & time and Automatic time zone, and then set the timezone, date, and time as required.Setting an alarmYou can set up one or more alarms.1. Open the Clock app.2. On the Alarms tab, select the check box of an alarm and then tap that alarm.3. Under Set alarm, use the scroll wheels to set the alarm time.4. If you want the alarm for multiple days, tap Repeat.5. Tap Done.§To turn off an alarm, clear the check box of that alarm.§If you need to set more than three alarms, tap .Checking WeatherUse the Weather app and widget to check the current weather and weather forecastsfor the next few days. In addition to your current location, you can view weatherforecasts for other cities around the globe.1. Open the Weather app. You'll see the weather where you are.2. Swipe to the Hourly and Forecast tabs to view the forecasts in your currentlocation.3. To check the weather in other cities, tap , and then select the city you want.4. To add more cities, tap and then enter the location.Your settings in the Weather app also control the weather information that is shownin the Clock and Calendar.133 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Viewing the CalendarUse the Calendar app to view your events, meetings, and appointments. If you'vesigned into your online accounts, related events will also appear in Calendar.1. Open the Calendar app.2. Tap , and then choose a calendar view.In any calendar view, return to the current date by tapping the today button beside.Month viewIn month view, you will see markers on days that have events. Upcoming events forthe day are also shown at the bottom of the screen.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later months.§Tap a day to view the events for that day.§Press and hold a day to see more options.Day and agenda viewsDay view shows your day's schedule and weather forecast for the next few days, whileagenda view gives a quick glance of all your day's events.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later days.§Tap an event to view its details.§If the event is a contact's birthday or anniversary, tap it to send a greeting.Need to see the event time in another time zone? In Day view, tap > Select 2ndtime zone > Choose location, and then enter the city name.Week viewWeek view displays a chart of the events of one week.§Swipe left or right across the screen to view earlier or later weeks.§Tap an event (shown as colored blocks) to view its details.134 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Scheduling or editing an eventYou can create or edit events on HTC Phone, and also sync events with your Googleor Exchange ActiveSync calendars.Editing events is not supported for all accounts.1. Open the Calendar app.2. On any Calendar view, do one of the following:Create an event Tap . Tap , and then select the calendar you will add theevent to.Edit an event View an event, and then tap .3. Enter and set the event details.4. To invite contacts from your Google or Exchange ActiveSync account, tap .5. Tap Save. If you've invited people to the event, tap Send or Send update.Checking your schedule for an eventAvoid juggling multiple meetings at the same time. In Calendar, you can check yourappointments to see if a new event would conflict with your schedule.1. When creating or editing an event, tap Check calendar.2. Press and hold the event box, and then drag it to an available time slot.3. Drag the top and bottom nodes to adjust the event's time duration. You'll see amessage if there are conflicts with other scheduled events.4. Tap Done to return to the event screen, and then save your event.Choosing which calendars to show1. In any calendar view, tap > Accounts (All calendars) or Accounts (Multi-calendar).2. Select or clear an account you wish to show or hide. If you have multiple calendars under an online account, tap to select theitems to include.§Calendars are synced on HTC Phone, even if they are hidden.§You can also show or hide tasks that you've created on HTC Phone.135 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Why aren’t my calendar events showing up?If you can't find events from your email accounts or social networks inCalendar, check whether the Calendar sync is turned on in Settings.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accounts & sync.2. Tap an account type. If multiple accounts are supported (such asExchange ActiveSync), tap the account you want to sync.3. Select Calendar, and then tap > Sync now.Sharing an eventYou can share a calendar event as a vCalendar using Bluetooth or by sending it as afile attachment with your email or message.1. Do one of the following:§While viewing an event, tap > Forward.§In day, agenda or week view, press and hold an event and then tapForward.2. Choose how you want to send the event.Accepting or declining a meeting invitationSwitch to Invites view to see meeting invitations which you have not yet accepted ordeclined.You must set up an Exchange ActiveSync account to receive meeting invitations inCalendar.1. Open the Calendar app.2. Tap > Invites, and then tap a meeting invitation.3. Accept, decline, or tentatively accept the invitation, or propose a new time. Tap to choose from more options, such as moving the invitation to a folder.136 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Dismissing or snoozing event remindersIf you have set at least one reminder for an event, the upcoming event icon willappear in the notifications area of the status bar to remind you.1. Slide the Notifications panel open.2. If the notification shows that there are multiple reminders, tap it to see all thereminders. You can then choose to snooze or dismiss them.3. If you see a single event notification, spread your two fingers on the notificationto expand it. You can then:§Tap Snooze or Dismiss. Or drag the notification left or right to dismiss it.§Tap Send mail to send a quick response to the meeting attendees.To edit the preset quick responses or add your own, open Calendar, and then tap > Settings > Quick response.If you don't want to dismiss or snooze the calendar reminders, press from theNotifications panel to keep them pending in the notifications area of the status bar.Fun appsWatching videos on YouTubeUse the YouTube app to check out what’s popular on the online video-sharingwebsite.1. Open the YouTube app.2. Browse or search for a video.3. When you find the video that you like, tap it.4. While watching a video, you can:§Turn HTC Phone sideways to watch the video in full screen.§Tap the video screen to pause or to resume playback, or drag the slider tojump to a different part of the video.§Scroll down the video information panel to see the description, relatedvideos, or comments from other viewers.Want to watch the video at a later time instead? Tap > Add to > Watch later. Youcan access the video again from your account profile's Watch later list.Tap the YouTube icon to return to the previous screen.137 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Preloading videosSet the YouTube app to preload videos so that you can watch them withoutinterruptions. Videos are preloaded when HTC Phone is being charged and isconnected to a Wi-Fi network.For more information about preloading videos, refer to the YouTube help.1. In the YouTube app, tap > Settings > Preloading.2. Select what type of videos to preload.The videos are preloading when appears on Watch later screen or on the channelyou subscribed to. The icon changes to when the videos are ready to watch.Clearing the search history1. In the YouTube app, tap > Settings.2. Tap Search > Clear search history.Listening to FM RadioTune in and listen to your favorite radio stations using the FM Radio app.You need to connect a headset first to the audio jack of HTC Phone to use FMRadio. FM Radio uses the stereo headset as the FM radio antenna.1. Open the FM Radio app. The first time you open FM Radio, it scans for local FM stations that you canlisten to.2. While you're listening to an FM station, you can:§Tap or to go to the next or previous station.§Drag the slider to tune in to a frequency on the FM band. To fine tune theradio frequency, tap or .§Tap to mark a radio station as a favorite. To see your other favorites andpreset stations, tap .3. To turn off FM Radio, tap .138 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Switching to Kid ModeWorried that your kids might wander off to inappropriate web sites or mess with yourimportant work files while using HTC Phone? Use Kid Mode to let your children enjoyfun and age-appropriate games and more, while helping to protect your importantdata from accidental deletion. To learn more about Kid Mode, visit www.zoodles.com.1. Open the Kid Mode app. The first time you use Kid Mode, you need to create or sign in to your Zoodles™account.2. On the Zoodles main screen, tap the profile that you created for your child.3. Tap the icons to access games and apps, play recorded storybook readings, andmore.How can I allow my child to access an app in Kid Mode?When in Kid Mode, you can choose which apps on HTC Phone your child willhave access to.1. On the Zoodles main screen, tap Parent Dashboard. You can also go to Parent Dashboard from Settings > Security > Kid Mode.2. Confirm your action with your child lock setting (either by drawing theletter Z on the screen or by entering the child's birth year).3. Under Basic Features, tap Apps. You'll see a list of apps installed on HTCPhone.4. Tap the check option beside the app that you want your child to be ableto use in Zoodles.Want to receive or block incoming calls while in Kid Mode? Under BasicFeatures, tap Settings and then select or clear the Allow incoming callscheck option.Closing Kid ModeOn the Zoodles main screen, tap and then confirm your action with your child locksetting (either by drawing the letter Z on the screen or by entering the child's birthyear).139 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Productivity appsKeeping track of your tasksUse the Tasks app to organize and track to do and task lists. Create tasks on yourphone or sync them with your Google and Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts.You can also see your tasks in Calendar.Creating a task1. Open the Tasks app.2. To select the task account where you want to create the task, tap .3. Tap , and then enter the task details. Tasks created under My tasks can be linked to a contact (tap ) or to a location(tap ).4. Tap Save.Managing tasks1. Go to the list that contains the task.2. In the list of tasks, you can:Mark a taskcompleteTap the check box next to the task. To view completedtasks, tap > View completed.Sort tasks 1. Tap > Sort.2. Select how you want to sort the tasks.Edit a task 1. Tap the task that you want to edit, and then tap Edit.2. Edit the task details, and then tap Save.Delete a task Press and hold the task that you want to delete, and thentap Delete.Postpone a task 1. Press and hold a task, and then tap Postpone.2. Choose how long you want to postpone the task.Move a task toanother listYou can only move the task to another list that is under thesame account.1. Press and hold the task that you want to move, and thentap Move to.2. Tap the task list where you want the task to appear.140 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Managing task lists1. In the Tasks app, tap > Manage lists.2. From here, you can:Show tasks To show all tasks under a list, tap a task list.Create a list Tap , and then choose an account for the list.Lists can't be created for Microsoft Exchange ActiveSyncaccounts.Rename a list 1. Tap at the right of a list, and then tap Rename.2. Enter a new name for the list, and then tap OK.Delete a list 1. Tap at the right of a list, and then tap Delete.2. Tap OK.You cannot delete a main list.Taking notesJot down ideas, lists, and agendas in Scribble and make it easy to remember, organize,and share them.There are ready-to-use templates to get you started. You can compile photos, text,audio clips, and more in one note. You can even highlight text or add hand-drawnillustrations to emphasize the most important parts.Some notes even allow you to cross off items in a list or log your activities in acalendar. If you're taking notes during a meeting, you can conveniently link them tothe meeting event saved in Calendar.Composing a note1. Open the Scribble app.2. Tap and choose a template.3. Tap the area that says Title text here and type in a note title.4. Use the editing tools to enter text, change the pen characteristics, draw or writewith your finger, record audio, and more.5. Tap to take a photo, and then choose an outline. To customize the outline,tap and trace the outline.6. Tap to insert a photo from Gallery, change the template, link the note to anevent, and more.141 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
7. Tap and hold an element to move, resize, or delete it. You can also use twofingers to rotate a photo.8. Press to save the note.Inserting an illustration in a noteCommunicate ideas better by adding illustrations and interesting visuals in your note.1. Open a note in the Scribble app.2. Tap and choose a pen stroke, color, and thickness. You can highlight orencircle important parts or draw figures.3. Tap and choose a color and thickness, and then draw figures or write text.The drawing is inserted at the cursor and is the same size as the surroundingtext.4. Press and hold a drawing to move, resize, or delete it. You can also use twofingers to rotate an image.Grouping notes into a notebook1. Open the Scribble app.2. Tap > Group.3. Select the notes that you want to group, and tap Group.4. Tap OK.5. Enter a notebook name, and tap OK. The number of notes in a notebook is displayed next to the notebook name onthe Scribble main screen.To group notes into an existing notebook, tap > Move to. Select the notes you wantto group, and then select the notebook.To create a new notebook, tap > New notebook on the Scribble main screen.Sharing a noteWith a note opened, tap and choose an option to share the note.Attachment Attach a file to an email. When opened in the Scribble app, the recipientcan edit the note.Hyperlink Save the note using Google Drive™ online storage service and send alink. The recipient can view the note on a web browser or edit it in theScribble app.142 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Image Insert the note as .JPG file. Share it through email or on a socialnetwork.Plain text Extract the text in a note and edit it before sharing.You can also share notes as multiple image files. On the Scribble main screen, tap > Share > Image and select the notes and notebooks you want to share.Recording voice clipsUse Voice Recorder to capture information during lectures, interviews, or even tocreate your own audio log.1. Open the Voice Recorder app.2. Hold the microphone near the sound source.3. Tap to start recording a voice clip. Voice Recorder can run in the background while you do other things on HTCPhone, except when you open other apps that also use audio functions.4. Tap to stop recording.To play back the voice clip, tap .To see your recorded voice clips, tap . Press and hold a voice clip to see optionsfor sharing, setting it as a ringtone, and more.143 Google Play and other appsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Internet connectionsData connectionWhen you turn on HTC Phone for the first time, it will be automatically set up to useyour mobile operator's data connection (if the microSIM card is inserted).Turning the data connection on or offTurning your data connection off saves battery life and money on data charges.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Mobile data tile to turn the data connection on and off.If you don’t have the data connection turned on and you’re also not connected to aWi‑Fi network, you won’t receive automatic updates to your email, social networkaccounts, and other synced information.Adding a new access pointYou can add a new Access Point Name (APN) when roaming or if you have difficultyestablishing a data connection. APNs connect HTC Phone to data networks forservices such as mobile web browsing.Before you add another data connection, have the access point name and settingsfrom your mobile operator ready (including username and password if required).1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Mobile data is off, tap the Mobile data tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Mobile network settings screen opens.4. Tap Access point names.5. On the APNs screen, tap > New APN.6. Enter the APN settings.7. Tap > Save.8. Select the new APN on the APNs screen.144 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Managing your data usageIf you're on a limited data allowance, it's important to keep track of the activities andapps that usually send and receive data, such as browsing the web, syncing onlineaccounts, and sending email or sharing status updates.Here are some other examples:§Streaming web videos and music§Tuning in to Internet radio§Playing online games§Downloading apps, maps, and files§Refreshing apps to update info and feeds§Uploading and backing up your files to your online storage account§Using HTC Phone as a Wi-Fi Hotspot§Sharing your mobile data connection by USB tetheringTo help you save on data usage, connect to a Wi‑Fi network whenever possible andset your online accounts and emails to sync less frequently.Turning data roaming on or offConnect to your mobile operator’s partner networks and access data services whenyou’re out of your mobile operator’s coverage area.Using data services while roaming may be costly. Check with your mobile operatorfor data roaming rates before you use data roaming.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Mobile data is off, tap the Mobile data tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Mobile network settings screen opens.4. Select or clear the Data roaming option.Select the Data roaming sound option if you’d like HTC Phone to play a sound soyou’ll know when it’s connecting to a roaming network.Keeping track of your data usageMonitor your data usage to help prevent going over your monthly data allowance.Data usage measured by HTC Phone may differ from, and be less than, your actualdata usage.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Usage.145 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. On the Mobile tab, select Limit mobile data usage and tap OK to automaticallydisable your data connection when you reach the set limit.4. Drag the upper LIMIT line to set your monthly data limit.5. Select Alert me about data usage, and then drag the lower ALERT line to set analert before you reach your monthly data limit.6. Tap Reset data usage, and then set the day of the month when your usagecycle resets. This date is usually the start of your monthly billing cycle.7. Drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you've used during aparticular time interval.If you're connecting HTC Phone to another portable Wi‑Fi hotspot, tap > Mobilehotspots to restrict background data from downloading that may incur extra datafees.Viewing the data usage of apps1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Usage.3. On the Mobile tab, drag the vertical line markers to see how much data you'veused during a particular time interval.4. Scroll down the screen to see a list of apps and their data usage info.5. Tap an app to see more details.Wi‑FiTo use Wi‑Fi, you need access to a wireless access point or “hotspot”.The availability and strength of a Wi‑Fi signal varies depending on objects the Wi‑Fisignal has to pass through (such as buildings or a wall between rooms).Turning Wi‑Fi on and connecting to a wireless network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. Tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn the Wi‑Fi connection on.146 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.If the wireless network that you want is not listed, tap > Add network to manuallyadd it.4. Tap the Wi‑Fi network you want to connect to. If you selected a securednetwork, you'll be asked to enter the network key or password.5. Tap Connect. You'll see the Wi‑Fi icon in the status bar when connected.The next time HTC Phone connects to a previously accessed secured wirelessnetwork, you won’t be asked to enter the key or other security information again.Preventing notifications from unsecured Wi-Fi networksYou can prevent getting notified by unsecured Wi-Fi networks.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Press and hold an unsecured Wi‑Fi network you want to stop being notifiedabout, and tap Block network notification.5. To unblock an unsecured Wi‑Fi network, press and hold the network name andtap Unblock network notification.Connecting to a Wi‑Fi network via WPSIf you're using a Wi‑Fi router with Wi‑Fi Protected Setup (WPS), you can connect HTCPhone easily.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Tap > WPS Push, and then press the WPS button on your Wi‑Fi router. To use the Wi‑Fi Protected Setup (WPS) PIN method, tap > WPS Pin Entry.Disconnecting from the current wireless network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. You can:§Tap the wireless network that HTC Phone is connected to, and then tapDisconnect.§If you want to remove the settings for this network, press and hold thenetwork name, and then tap Forget network.147 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Connecting to a different Wi‑Fi network1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.To manually scan for available Wi‑Fi networks, tap > Scan.4. Tap a Wi‑Fi network to connect to it.Logging into a public Wi‑Fi network automatically (WISPr)You can set HTC Phone to automatically log into a public Wi‑Fi network that youregularly use. This saves you the trouble of going through the Wi‑Fi provider's webauthentication every time you connect to their Wi‑Fi network. Just add your logincredentials to the WISPr (Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming) settings.The access point of the Wi‑Fi network needs to support the WISPr web portal.Consult the Wi‑Fi provider for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Wi‑Fi connection is off, tap the Wi-Fi tile to turn it on.3. Tap . Detected Wi‑Fi networks will be listed.4. Tap > Advanced.5. Under WISPr settings, select the Auto login option.6. Tap WISPr account settings > Add a new account.7. Tap each item onscreen to enter the service provider name, your login name(with the full domain name), and password.8. Tap > Save9. Turn Wi‑Fi on, and then connect to the public Wi‑Fi network.§If you have access to several public Wi‑Fi networks, you can add up to five sets oflogin credentials to the WISPr accounts list.§In the WISPr accounts list, press and hold an account to remove or edit it.Connecting to a virtual private network (VPN)Add virtual private networks (VPNs) so you can connect and access resources insidea secured local network, such as your corporate network.Before you can connect to your organization's local network, you may be asked to:148 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
§Install security certificates§Enter your login credentials§Download and install a required VPN app on HTC PhoneContact your network administrator for details. Also, HTC Phone must first establish aWi‑Fi or data connection before you can start a VPN connection.Adding a VPN connectionYou must first set a lock screen PIN or password before you can use credentialstorage and set up the VPN.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap VPN > > Add VPN profile.3. Enter the VPN settings and set them up according to the security details yournetwork administrator gave you.4. Tap Save.Connecting to a VPN1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap VPN.3. Tap the VPN that you want to connect to.4. Enter your log in credentials, and then tap Connect. When you’re connected, theVPN connected icon appears in the notification area of the status bar.You can then open the web browser to access resources such as your corporatenetwork intranet.Disconnecting from a VPN1. Slide the Notifications panel open.2. Tap the VPN notification, and then tap Disconnect.149 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Using HTC Phone as a wireless routerShare your data connection with other devices by turning HTC Phone into a wirelessrouter.§Make sure the data connection is turned on.§You must have an approved data plan associated with your account from yourmobile service provider to use this service. Devices connected to your Wi-FiHotspot use data from your subscribed data plan.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings.3. Enter a router name or use the default router name.4. Choose the type of security and set the password (key) for your wireless router.If you selected None in Security, you don’t need to enter a password. The password is the key other people need to enter on their device so they canconnect and use HTC Phone as a wireless router.5. Select the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot option to turn on the wireless router.HTC Phone is ready to be used as a wireless router when you see on the statusbar.To help minimize security risks, use the default security settings and set a secureand unique password.150 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Sharing your phone's Internet connection byUSB tetheringNo Internet connection available for your computer? No problem. Use the dataconnection of HTC Phone to connect to the Internet.§To make sure that the USB drivers for HTC Phone are up-to-date, install the latestversion of HTC Sync Manager on your computer.§Make sure a SIM card with a data plan is inserted in HTC Phone.§You may need to have USB tethering added to your data plan, and it may incuradditional cost. Contact your mobile service provider for details.§Make sure that mobile data is turned on.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > USB network setting > USB tethering. If you often switch between USB tethering and Internet pass-through, select Smartnetwork sharing to automatically turn on the connection type you need wheneveryou connect HTC Phone with your computer.3. Connect HTC Phone to your computer using the provided USB cable. The nexttime HTC Phone connects to a computer, it will remember your settings.151 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Connecting to the Internet through acomputerIf you temporarily don’t have Internet access on HTC Phone, you can still go online byusing your computer’s Internet connection.§To make sure that the USB drivers for HTC Phone are up-to-date, install the latestversion of HTC Sync Manager on your computer.§If your phone can't connect to the Internet via your computer's Internetconnection, you may need to configure your computer's firewall to allow this typeof connection. To find out how, refer to your operating system or security softwarehelp.§If your computer connects to the Internet via PPP (e.g. Dial UP, xDSL, or VPN),Internet Pass-through will only support TCP protocol.1. Go to Settings, and then under Wireless & networks, tap More.2. Tap Mobile network sharing > USB network setting > Internet pass-through. If you often switch between USB tethering and Internet pass-through, select Smartnetwork sharing to automatically turn on the connection type you need wheneveryou connect HTC Phone with your computer.3. Connect HTC Phone to your computer using the provided USB cable. The nexttime HTC Phone connects to a computer, it will remember your settings.Wi‑Fi printingConnect HTC Phone to a supported printer via Wi‑Fi and print out documents, email,photos, and more.Both printer and HTC Phone must be turned on and connected to the same localnetwork. Connect HTC Phone to the local network using Wi‑Fi. To learn how toconnect the printer to a local network, refer to your printer user guide.1. While in an app (such as Mail or Calendar), open the item you want to print.2. Tap > Print (or More > Print).3. On the Print screen, tap the printer you want to use.152 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
4. If there's more than one page to print, set the page range that you want. Tap Advanced to set the page size, print layout, and page orientation, and chooseif you want to print in color or black and white.5. Tap Print.You can check the printing details by opening the Notifications panel, and thentapping the item you're printing.Printing a photo1. While in Gallery, open the photo you want to print.2. Tap the photo.3. Tap > Print , and then tap the printer you want to use.4. Tap Print.You can check the printing details by opening the Notifications panel, and thentapping the item you're printing.Adding a printerIf your printer does not show up in the list, you must add it.The printer must be in the same Wi-Fi network that you are using.1. From the Print screen, tap Add printer.2. Enter the IP address of the printer that you want to add and choose a port. Ifyou do not know the IP address of the printer, ask for help from your networkadministrator.3. Tap Next, and then select the manufacturer and model of the printer.4. Tap Save.The printer appears on the list and you can tap it to print your photo or document.153 Internet connectionsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Wireless sharingConnecting a Bluetooth headsetYou can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset, or have hands-freeconversations using a compatible Bluetooth headset.§To listen to music with your headset, the headset must support the A2DPBluetooth profile.§Before you connect your headset, make it discoverable so HTC Phone can find it.Refer to your headset manual for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. If you don't see your headset listed, tap and then tap Scan to refresh the list.5. When you see the name of your headset in the Available Devices section, tapthe name. HTC Phone pairs with the headset and the headset connection statusis displayed in the Paired Devices section.If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset.When the Bluetooth headset is connected to HTC Phone, the Bluetooth connectedicon is displayed in the status bar.Reconnecting a Bluetooth headsetNormally, you can easily reconnect your headset by switching on Bluetooth on HTCPhone, and then turning on the headset.However, you might have to connect manually if your headset has been used withanother Bluetooth device.Make sure that the headset is discoverable. Refer to the headset manual for details.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.154 Wireless sharingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. Tap the headset’s name in the Paired Devices section.5. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headsetdocumentation to find the passcode.If you still cannot reconnect to the headset, follow the instructions in Unpairing from aBluetooth device on page 155, and then follow the steps under Connecting aBluetooth headset on page 154.Unpairing from a Bluetooth device1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. In the Paired devices section, tap next to the device to unpair.5. Tap Unpair.Where sent information is savedWhen you send information using Bluetooth, the location where it's saved depends onthe type of information and the receiving device.If you send a calendar event or contact, it is normally added directly to thecorresponding application on the receiving device.If you send another file type to a Windows computer, it is normally saved in theBluetooth Exchange folder within your personal document folders.§On Windows XP, the path may be: C:\Documents and Settings\[yourusername]\My Documents\Bluetooth Exchange§On Windows Vista, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents§On Windows 7, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents\Bluetooth Exchange Folder§On Windows 8, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\DocumentsIf you send a file to another device, the saved location may depend on the file type.For example, if you send an image file to another mobile phone, it may be saved in afolder named “Images”.155 Wireless sharingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Receiving files using BluetoothHTC Phone lets you receive various files with Bluetooth, including photos, musictracks, contact info, calendar events, and documents such as PDFs.Refer to the device’s documentation for instructions on sending information overBluetooth.1. With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings.2. If Bluetooth is off, tap the Bluetooth tile to turn it on.3. Tap . The Bluetooth screen opens.4. Tap the Bluetooth name of your device near the top of the screen to make HTCPhone visible to nearby Bluetooth devices.5. On the sending device, send one or more files to HTC Phone.6. If asked, accept the pairing request on HTC Phone and on the sending device.You may also be prompted to enter the same passcode or confirm the auto-generated passcode on both devices. You'll then get a Bluetooth authorization request.7. Tap Pair.8. When HTC Phone receives a file transfer request notification, slide theNotifications panel down, tap the incoming file notification, and then tapAccept.9. When a file is transferred, a notification is displayed. Slide the Notifications paneldown, and then tap the relevant notification.When you open a received file, what happens next depends on the file type:§Media files and documents are usually opened directly in a compatible app. Forexample, if you open a music track, it starts playing in the Music app.§For a vCalendar file, choose the calendar where you want to save the event, andthen tap Import. The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events.§For a vCard contact file, you can choose to import one, several, or all of thosecontacts to your contacts list.156 Wireless sharingHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Settings and securityTurning Airplane mode on or offWhen you enable Airplane (Flight) mode, all wireless radios on HTC Phone are turnedoff, including the call function, data services, Bluetooth, and Wi‑Fi.When you disable Airplane mode, the call function is turned back on and the previousstate of Bluetooth and Wi‑Fi is restored.§You can manually turn Bluetooth and Wi‑Fi back on after enabling Airplane mode.§If USB tethering is turned on, enabling Airplane mode turns it off. You need tomanually turn USB tethering on after you disable Airplane mode.Do any of the following to turn Airplane mode on or off:§Press and hold POWER, and then tap Airplane mode.§With two fingers, swipe down from the status bar to open Quick settings. Tap theAirplane mode tile to turn airplane mode on or off.When enabled, the Airplane mode icon is displayed in the status bar.Turning automatic screen rotation offAutomatic rotation is not supported in all applications.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Clear the Auto rotate screen option.Screen not rotating?Recalibrate the screen if you feel that the screen orientation does not respondproperly to the way you hold HTC Phone.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display &buttons).2. Tap G-Sensor calibration.3. Place HTC Phone on a flat and level surface, and then tap Calibrate.4. After the recalibration process, tap OK.157 Settings and securityHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Adjusting the time before the screen turns offAfter a period of inactivity, the screen turns off to conserve battery power. You canset the idle time before the screen turns off.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Tap Sleep, and then tap the time before the screen turns off.Adjusting the screen brightness manually1. Go to Settings, and then tap Display, gestures & buttons (or Display & buttons).2. Tap Brightness, and then clear the Automatic brightness option.3. Drag the brightness slider to the left to decrease or to the right to increase thescreen brightness.Playing a sound when selecting onscreenitems1. Go to Settings, and then tap Sound.2. Select the Touch sounds option.Changing the display languageChanging the language adjusts the keyboard layout, date and time formatting, andmore.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Language & keyboard.2. Tap System language, and then choose the language you want to use.Accessibility settingsUse these settings when you’ve downloaded and installed an accessibility tool, such asa screen reader that provides voice feedback. You can turn accessibility functions orservices on or off.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accessibility.2. Choose the settings you want.158 Settings and securityHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Magnifying your phone's screenIf you're visually impaired or would just like to get a closer view of what's on thescreen, use Magnification gestures to enlarge portions of your phone's screen.Turning Magnification gestures on or off1. Go to Settings, and then tap Accessibility.2. Tap Magnification gestures, and then tap the On/Off switch to turn it on or off.Using Magnification gesturesMake sure that Magnification gestures is turned on in Settings to use this feature.Triple-tap on any area of the screen that you want to magnify. You can:§Slide two fingers apart or together to adjust the magnification.§Drag two fingers to pan across the screen.To exit magnification mode, open another app or triple-tap the screen again.Working with certificatesUse client and Certificate Authority (CA) digital certificates to enable HTC Phone toaccess VPN or secured Wi-FI networks, and also to provide authentication to onlinesecure servers. You can get a certificate from your system administrator or downloadit from sites that require authentication.Some apps such as your browser or email client let you install certificates directly inthe app. See the app's help for details.Installing a digital certificateYou must set a lock screen PIN or password before installing a digital certificate.1. Save the certificate file in the root folder on HTC Phone.2. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.3. Tap Install from phone storage.4. If you have more than one certificate in the root folder, select the certificate youwant to install.5. Enter a name for the certificate and tap OK.159 Settings and securityHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Protecting your SIM card with a PINAdd another layer of security for HTC Phone by assigning a PIN (personalidentification number) to your SIM.Make sure you have the default SIM PIN provided by your mobile operator beforecontinuing.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Set up SIM card lock, then select Lock SIM card.3. Enter the default SIM card PIN, and then tap OK.4. To change the SIM card PIN, tap Change SIM PIN.Restoring a SIM card that has been locked outIf you enter the wrong PIN more times than the maximum number of attemptsallowed, your SIM card will become “PUK-locked.”You need a PUK code to restore access to HTC Phone. Contact your mobile operatorfor this code.1. On the Phone dialer screen, enter the PUK code, and then tap Next.2. Enter the new PIN you want to use, and then tap Next.3. Enter the new PIN again, and then tap OK.Protecting HTC Phone with a screen lockHelp protect your personal information and help prevent others from using HTCPhone without your permission by setting a screen lock pattern, face unlock, PIN, orpassword.You'll be asked to unlock the screen every time HTC Phone is turned on or when it’sidle for a certain period of time.1. Go to Settings, and then tap Security.2. Tap Screen lock.3. Select a screen lock option and set up the screen lock.4. Tap Lock phone after, then specify the idle time before the screen is locked. You can also clear Make pattern visible or Make passwords visible if you don’t wantyour screen lock to display as you enter it onscreen.160 Settings and securityHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Forgot your screen lock pattern?If you’ve forgotten your screen lock pattern, you have up to five attempts totry and unlock HTC Phone.If this fails, you can unlock HTC Phone by entering your Google Account username and password.1. On the unlock screen, enter your lock pattern.2. After the fifth attempt, when you’re asked to wait for 30 seconds, tapOK.3. If the display goes off, press the POWER button to turn the display backon, and then unlock the screen.4. Tap the Forgot pattern? button when it appears.5. Enter your Google Account name and password, and then tap Sign in.You’ll then be asked to create a new screen lock pattern. If you nolonger want to do so, tap None or press .Checking your phone's HTC Sense versionYou can view the HTC Sense version, as well as other information about your phone.1. Go to Settings, and then tap About.2. Tap Software information to view the HTC Sense version.161 Settings and securityHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Trademarks and copyrights©2013 HTC Corporation. All Rights Reserved.HTC, the HTC logo, HTC BlinkFeed, and HTC Sense are trademarks or service marks ofHTC Corporation.Google, Android, Chrome, Gmail, Google+, Google Calendar, Google Latitude, GoogleMaps, Google Now, Google Play, Google Talk, Google Voice Search, Google Wallet,Picasa, and YouTube are trademarks of Google Inc.Microsoft, Internet Explorer, Outlook, Windows, ActiveSync, Windows Media, andWindows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States and/or other countries.The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by BluetoothSIG, Inc.Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of the Wireless Fidelity Alliance, Inc.LTE is a trademark of European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)registered for the benefit of its members.Beats, BeatsAudio, and the b logo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC.microSD is a trademark of SD-3C LLC.Facebook is a trademark of Facebook, Inc.FLICKR and the FLICKR Dots logo are the trademarks and/or registered trademarksof Yahoo! Inc.LinkedIn is a registered trademark or trademark of LinkedIn Corporation and itsaffiliates in the United States and/or other countries.DLNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Digital Living Network Alliance. Allrights reserved. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.Apple, iPhone, iTunes, iCal, Mac, and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc.Firefox is a trademark of Mozilla Foundation.Dropbox is a trademark of Dropbox, Inc.Polaris Office is a trademark of Infraware, Inc.All other company, product and service names mentioned herein are trademarks,registered trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.The HTC Sync Manager software can be used with materials that you own or arelawfully authorized to use and/or duplicate. Unauthorized use and/or duplication ofcopyrighted material may be a violation of copyright law in the United States and/orother countries/regions. Violation of U.S. and international copyright laws may subjectyou to significant civil and/or criminal penalties. HTC Corporation shall not be held162 Trademarks and copyrightsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
responsible for any damages or losses (direct or indirect) that you may incur as aresult of using this software.Screen images contained herein are simulated. HTC shall not be liable for technical oreditorial errors or omissions contained herein, nor for incidental or consequentialdamages resulting from furnishing this material. The information is provided “as is”without warranty of any kind and is subject to change without notice. HTC alsoreserves the right to revise the content of this document at any time without priornotice.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by anymeans, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or storing in aretrieval system, or translated into any language in any form without prior writtenpermission of HTC.163 Trademarks and copyrightsHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
IndexAAccounts- social network accounts 31- syncing 102Airplane mode 157Alarms- setting 133Android MarketSee Google PlayApps- grouping into a folder 60- icons on Home screen 59- installing 131, 132- non-Google Play apps 132- on Home screen 59- restoring 132- uninstalling 132- updating 19BBackup- about 104- HTC Backup 105- media 98, 108- options 104- photos 112- restoring backed up apps 132- tasks 108Battery- charging 12- checking usage 38- installing 11- removing 11- saving battery power 39Beats Audio profile 89Bluetooth- connecting a Bluetooth headset 154- received file location 155- receiving information 156Browser- bookmarks 85- history 86, 87- incognito tab 87- Reading list or Watch list 84- syncing with Google Chrome 86- tabs 84- using 82- viewing desktop version 83Burst mode 44CCalendar- creating an event 135- dual time zone 134- meeting conflicts 135- meeting invitations 136- reminders 137- sending quick response 137- views 134Call history 69Camera- basics 42, 43- continuous shooting 44- effects 43- flash 43- front camera 42- HDR 46- recording a video 43- scenes 45- self portrait 45- slow motion 46- standby 42- sweep panorama 46- taking a photo 43- taking photo while recording 44- video resolution 43- zooming 42Capture screen 30Car- about 128- handling calls 130- HTC Car Kit 128- Internet radio 129164 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
- navigation 129- playing music 128Change phone language 158Clock- alarm 133- setting date and time 133Conference call 68Contacts- adding 118- copying contacts 17, 119- copying from SIM card 119- importing contacts 17, 119, 120- transferring contacts 17, 119Continuous shooting 44Copying files- files to computer, phone storage, orstorage card 94Copying- text 34DData connection- access point names (APN) 144- data roaming 145- sharing 151- turning on or off 144- usage 145Data transfer- from Android phone 15- from iPhone and other phones 16- transferring contacts 17- transferring media 112Display- G-sensor 157- changing the time before the screenturns off 158- recalibrating G-sensor 157- screen brightness 158- screen rotation 157- Sleep mode 27DLNA 93DrivingSee CarDropbox- about 96- auto upload camera shots 98- sending links 99- setting up 97- storage space 101- unlinking device 101- uploading 98, 99EEmailSee MailExchange ActiveSync- flagging an email 126- meeting request 127- Out of office 126- sending a meeting request 127expanded storage 94FFace unlock 63Factory reset 115Feeds view- about 30- selecting feeds 31Files- copying to computer, phone storage,or storage card 94Finger gestures 22FirmwareSee Software updateFM Radio- using 138Folder- grouping apps 60- grouping bookmarks 85- removing items 61- renaming 61FOTASee Software updateGGallery- creating sequence shots 52- custom effects 52- editing group shots 53- editing photos 51- HTC Share 55- photos in Dropbox 98- photos in social networks 51- removing objects in photo 53- sharing photos 54, 55165 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
- Video Highlights 49- video trimming 48- viewing photos and videos 47- viewing photos and videos byevent 47- viewing photos by location 47- watching videos 48Geotag 47Gestures- motion gestures 26- touch gestures 22Google Now- setting up 81- turning off 82Google Play- installing apps 131- refund 132Google Voice Search 80GPS (Global Positioning System)See Location settingsGroup messaging 74HHands free 154Hard resetSee Factory resetHDMI 92HDR 46HeadphonesSee BluetoothHome screen- adding widgets 57- apps 59- extended 18- feeds 30- folder 60- launch bar 60- rearranging items 59- shortcuts 59- wallpaper 57HotspotSee Wireless routerHTC Backup 105HTC CarSee CarHTC Clock- setting an alarm 133HTC Media Link HD 92HTC Sense version 161HTC Share 55HTC Sync Manager 108HTC Zoe 45IIdle screenSee Lock screenIncognito modeSee Browser, incognito tabInternet- browsing 82- connections 144Internet connection- data connection 144- VPN 148- Wi-Fi 146- wireless router 150KKeyboard- dictionary 37- entering text 35- entering text by speaking 38- HTC Sense keyboard 34- layout 35- multi-language keyboard 36- predictive text 36- shortcuts 37- speech recognition 38Kid mode- about 139- choosing apps 139- closing 139LLanguage- system language 158Location settings 128Lock screen- answering a call 66- dismissing an alarm 28- lock screen style 62- opening an app 28- rejecting a call 66- shortcuts 62- unlocking 28166 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
Low battery 39Low storageSee Phone storageLyrics 91MMail- attachments 124- carbon copy, blind copy (cc,bcc) 124- deleting 125- draft 124- replying 124- searching 126- sending 124- sorting 125Mail folders- moving email messages 125Making calls- calling 64- calling a number in a Calendarevent 66- calling a number in a message 65- calling a number in an email 66MarketSee Google PlayMaster resetSee Factory resetMeeting request 127Messages- block box 77- copying to the SIM card 78- deleting a conversation 78- draft message 72, 75- forwarding 76- group SMS 74- locking 79- replying 75- saving as task 76- secure box 77- sending 72microSD card- copying files 94MMSSee Multimedia messageMobile data 144Multimedia message- attachment 72- group MMS 74- sending 72Music- adding a song to a queue 90- album covers 90- artist photos 90- Beats Audio profile 89- listening 88- lyrics 91- playing music from the Lockscreen 88- playlist 89- setting a song as ringtone 90- SoundHound 92- transferring from iPhone 109NNavigationSee CarNotifications- panel 33OOnline accounts- adding accounts 102- removing accounts 103- syncing manually 103- what can you sync with 102Online storageSee Dropbox, aboutPPair a Bluetooth headset 154Panorama 46Panoramic photo 46People- adding a new contact 118- contact groups 121- contact link suggestions 120- copying contacts 17, 119, 120- editing contacts 119- filtering your contacts 116- groups 121- importing contacts 17, 119- merging contact information 120- personal profile 117167 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
- sending contact information 121- transferring contacts 17, 119Phone calls- blocking a call 69- call history 69- calling 64- calling a number in a Calendarevent 66- calling a number in a message 65- calling a number in an email 66- conference call 68- emergency call 66- extension number 64- missed calls 65- muting the microphone 68- putting a call on hold 67- receiving calls 66- Smart Dial 64- speakerphone 68- speed dial 65Phone information 161Phone settingsSee SettingsPhone storage- copying files 94- types of storage 94Phone updates 19Photos- custom effects 52- location 47- organizing 49- sharing photos 54, 55- social networks 51- transferring from computer 17- viewing photos and videos 47- viewing photos and videos byevent 47- viewing photos by location 47Power- charging the battery 12- checking battery usage 38- saving power 39- sleep mode 27Print screenSee Capture screenPrinting 152PUK (PIN Unblock Key) 160QQuick settings 29RRadioSee FM RadioRead mode 83Reading list 84Recording your voice 143Reset 114, 115Ring volume- lowering ring volumeautomatically 70- making your phone ring louder 70- Pocket mode 70Ringtone- editing 91- setting song as ringtone 90RouterSee Wireless routerSScenes- in Camera app 45Screen- adjusting brightness 158- capture 30- changing the time before the screenturns off 158- idle screen 28- recalibrating G-sensor 157- rotation 157- Sleep mode settings 158Screen lock 160Screen shotSee Capture screenSD card 10, 94Search- searching phone and Web 80- voice search 80Security- protecting phone with screenlock 160- protecting SIM card with PIN 160- security certificates 148Settings- About 161168 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
- Accessibility 158- display language 158- Storage 94Setup- contacts from old phone 17- initial setup 14- photos, music, videos from oldphone 17Sharing- events 136- text 34- TV 92Shortcuts- Lockscreen 62SIM card- copying messages to 78- SIM PIN 160Sleep mode 27Slideshow- highlight video 49- MMS 73Slow motion video 46Smart network sharing 151, 152SMSSee MessagesSocial networks 31Soft reset 114Software update 19Sound- audible selection 158- lowering ring volumeautomatically 70- Pocket mode 70- ringtone, notifications, andsounds 62- switching profiles 70Speakerphone 68Speed dial 65Storage 94Storage card- copying files 94Sweep panorama 46Sync- HTC Sync Manager 108- syncing with computer 112, 113TTasks- about 140- creating a task 140- managing 140- managing lists 141TetheringSee USB TetheringText message 72UUpgradeSee Software updateUSB Tethering 151VVideo Highlights 49VideoPic 44Videos- editing 48- playback speed 48- recording 43- taking photo while recording 44- transferring from computer 17- transferring from iPhone 109- watching 48Voice input 38Voice Recorder 143Voice search 80VPN- adding a connection 149- connecting 149- disconnecting 149WWallpaper- changing 57Watch list 84Weather- checking weather 133Wi-Fi- connecting to another network 148- connecting via WPS 147- turning on 146Widgets- adding 57- changing settings 58169 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification
- removing 60- resizing 58Wireless display 92Wireless router 150Word prediction- bilingual prediction 36YYouTube- finding videos of songs 92- preloading 138- watching 137170 IndexHTC Confidential for Certification HTC Confidential for Certification

Navigation menu